1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 ///
10 /// \file
11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
12 ///
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14 
15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
16 #include "TreeTransform.h"
17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
41 using namespace clang;
42 using namespace sema;
43 
44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
47 /// name of the corresponding type.
48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
49                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
50                                               IdentifierInfo &Name) {
51   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
52 
53   // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
54   QualType Type;
55   switch (NNS->getKind()) {
56   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
57   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
58     Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
59     break;
60 
61   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
62     // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
63     // typename type for it.
64     assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
65     Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
66                                         NNS->getAsIdentifier());
67     break;
68 
69   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
70   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
71   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
72   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
73     llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
74   }
75 
76   // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
77   // final identifier in the qualified-id.
78   return CreateParsedType(Type,
79                           Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
80 }
81 
82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
83                                    IdentifierInfo &II,
84                                    SourceLocation NameLoc,
85                                    Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
86                                    ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
87                                    bool EnteringContext) {
88   // Determine where to perform name lookup.
89 
90   // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
91   // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
92   // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
93   // particular shows where the current description of destructor name
94   // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
95   // this appears to be ill-formed:
96   //
97   //   namespace N {
98   //     template <typename T> struct S {
99   //       ~S();
100   //     };
101   //   }
102   //
103   //   void f(N::S<int>* s) {
104   //     s->N::S<int>::~S();
105   //   }
106   //
107   // See also PR6358 and PR6359.
108   // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this
109   // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec.
110   QualType SearchType;
111   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
112   bool isDependent = false;
113   bool LookInScope = false;
114 
115   if (SS.isInvalid())
116     return nullptr;
117 
118   // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
119   // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
120   // we know what type we're looking for.
121   if (ObjectTypePtr)
122     SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr);
123 
124   if (SS.isSet()) {
125     NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
126 
127     bool AlreadySearched = false;
128     bool LookAtPrefix = true;
129     // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
130     //   If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier,
131     //   the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the
132     //   nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form:
133     //
134     //     nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name
135     //
136     //   the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
137     //
138     // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the
139     // prefix of the nested-name-specifier.
140     DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
141     if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) {
142       AlreadySearched = true;
143       LookupCtx = DC;
144       isDependent = false;
145     } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
146       LookAtPrefix = false;
147       LookInScope = true;
148     }
149 
150     // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above.
151     NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr;
152     if (AlreadySearched) {
153       // Nothing left to do.
154     } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) {
155       CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
156       PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
157       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext);
158       isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS);
159     } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
160       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
161       isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
162     } else {
163       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext);
164       isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext();
165     }
166   } else if (ObjectTypePtr) {
167     // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
168     //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
169     //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
170     //   of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
171     //   also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
172     //   lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly
173     //   cv-qualified) T.
174     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
175     isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType();
176     assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) &&
177            "Caller should have completed object type");
178 
179     LookInScope = true;
180   } else {
181     // Perform lookup into the current scope (only).
182     LookInScope = true;
183   }
184 
185   TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr;
186   LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
187   for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) {
188     // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we
189     // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if
190     // we're allowed to look there).
191     Found.clear();
192     if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx)
193       LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
194     else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S)
195       LookupName(Found, S);
196     else
197       continue;
198 
199     // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here?
200     if (Found.isAmbiguous())
201       return nullptr;
202 
203     if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
204       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
205       MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
206 
207       if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() ||
208           Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
209         // We found our type!
210 
211         return CreateParsedType(T,
212                                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
213       }
214 
215       if (!SearchType.isNull())
216         NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type;
217     }
218 
219     // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is
220     // the same name as the template name in the last part of the
221     // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then
222     // this is the destructor for that class.
223     // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core
224     // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction.
225     if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) {
226       QualType MemberOfType;
227       if (SS.isSet()) {
228         if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) {
229           // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one.
230           if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
231             MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
232         }
233       }
234       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
235         MemberOfType = SearchType;
236 
237       if (MemberOfType.isNull())
238         continue;
239 
240       // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the
241       // class template we found is the same as the template being
242       // specialized, we found what we are looking for.
243       if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
244         if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
245               = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) {
246           if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() ==
247                 Template->getCanonicalDecl())
248             return CreateParsedType(
249                 MemberOfType,
250                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
251         }
252 
253         continue;
254       }
255 
256       // We're referring to an unresolved class template
257       // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found
258       // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't
259       // know which template is being specialized, that it at least
260       // has the same name.
261       if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType
262             = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
263         TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName();
264 
265         // The class template we found is the same template being
266         // specialized.
267         if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
268           if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl())
269             return CreateParsedType(
270                 MemberOfType,
271                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
272 
273           continue;
274         }
275 
276         // The class template we found has the same name as the
277         // (dependent) template name being specialized.
278         if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate
279                                     = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
280           if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() &&
281               DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier())
282             return CreateParsedType(
283                 MemberOfType,
284                 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc));
285 
286           continue;
287         }
288       }
289     }
290   }
291 
292   if (isDependent) {
293     // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent
294     // anyway.
295 
296     // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
297     QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
298                                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
299                                    II, NameLoc);
300     return ParsedType::make(T);
301   }
302 
303   if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) {
304     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl);
305     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
306       << T << SearchType;
307     Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
308       << T;
309   } else if (ObjectTypePtr)
310     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type)
311       << &II;
312   else {
313     SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc,
314                                           diag::err_destructor_class_name);
315     if (S) {
316       const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity();
317       if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx))
318         DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
319                                                  Class->getNameAsString());
320     }
321   }
322 
323   return nullptr;
324 }
325 
326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) {
327     if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType)
328       return nullptr;
329     assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype
330            && "only get destructor types from declspecs");
331     QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
332     QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
333     if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) {
334       return ParsedType::make(T);
335     }
336 
337     Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
338       << T << SearchType;
339     return nullptr;
340 }
341 
342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
343                                   const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
344   assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
345 
346   if (!SS.isValid())
347     return false;
348 
349   switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
350   case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
351   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
352   case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
353     // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
354     // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
355     // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
356     // case where the scope is dependent.
357     Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
358       << SS.getScopeRep();
359     return true;
360 
361   case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
362   case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
363   case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
364   case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
365     return false;
366   }
367 
368   llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
369 }
370 
371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
373                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
374                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
375                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
376   // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
377   //   The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
378   //   that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
379   //   If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
380   //   type, the class shall be completely-defined.
381   Qualifiers Quals;
382   QualType T
383     = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
384                                       Quals);
385   if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
386       RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
387     return ExprError();
388 
389   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
390     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
391 
392   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
393                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
394 }
395 
396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
398                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
399                                 Expr *E,
400                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
401   bool WasEvaluated = false;
402   if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
403     if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
404       ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
405       if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
406       E = result.get();
407     }
408 
409     QualType T = E->getType();
410     if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
411       CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
412       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
413       //   [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
414       //   shall be completely-defined.
415       if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
416         return ExprError();
417 
418       // C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
419       //   When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
420       //   polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
421       //   operand. [...]
422       if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
423         // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context
424         // and recheck the subexpression.
425         ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
426         if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
427         E = Result.get();
428 
429         // We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
430         MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
431         WasEvaluated = true;
432       }
433     }
434 
435     // C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
436     //   [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
437     //   cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
438     //   std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
439     //   type.
440     Qualifiers Quals;
441     QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
442     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
443       T = UnqualT;
444       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
445     }
446   }
447 
448   if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
449     return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
450                      << E->getType());
451   else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
452            E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
453     // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
454     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
455     Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
456                               ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
457                               : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
458   }
459 
460   return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
461                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
462 }
463 
464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
465 ExprResult
466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
467                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
468   // Find the std::type_info type.
469   if (!getStdNamespace())
470     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
471 
472   if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
473     IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
474     LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
475     LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
476     CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
477     // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
478     // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
479     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
480       LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
481       CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
482     }
483     if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
484       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
485   }
486 
487   if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
488     return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
489   }
490 
491   QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
492 
493   if (isType) {
494     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
495     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
496     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
497                                    &TInfo);
498     if (T.isNull())
499       return ExprError();
500 
501     if (!TInfo)
502       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
503 
504     return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
505   }
506 
507   // The operand is an expression.
508   return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
509 }
510 
511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
512 /// a single GUID.
513 static void
514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
515                   llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
516   // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
517   const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
518   if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
519     Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
520   else if (QT->isArrayType())
521     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
522 
523   const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
524   if (!RD)
525     return;
526 
527   if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
528     UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
529     return;
530   }
531 
532   // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
533   if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) {
534     const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
535     for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
536       const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
537       if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
538         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
539       else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
540         getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
541 
542       if (UuidForTA)
543         UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
544     }
545   }
546 }
547 
548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
550                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
551                                 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
552                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
553   StringRef UuidStr;
554   if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
555     llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
556     getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
557     if (UuidAttrs.empty())
558       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
559     if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
560       return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
561     UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
562   }
563 
564   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr,
565                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
566 }
567 
568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
570                                 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
571                                 Expr *E,
572                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
573   StringRef UuidStr;
574   if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
575     if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
576       UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000";
577     } else {
578       llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
579       getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
580       if (UuidAttrs.empty())
581         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
582       if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
583         return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
584       UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid();
585     }
586   }
587 
588   return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr,
589                                      SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
590 }
591 
592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
593 ExprResult
594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
595                      bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
596   // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup.
597   if (!MSVCGuidDecl) {
598     IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID");
599     LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
600     LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
601     MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
602     if (!MSVCGuidDecl)
603       return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof));
604   }
605 
606   QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl);
607 
608   if (isType) {
609     // The operand is a type; handle it as such.
610     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
611     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
612                                    &TInfo);
613     if (T.isNull())
614       return ExprError();
615 
616     if (!TInfo)
617       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
618 
619     return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
620   }
621 
622   // The operand is an expression.
623   return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
624 }
625 
626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
627 ExprResult
628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
629   assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
630          "Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
631   return new (Context)
632       CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
633 }
634 
635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
636 ExprResult
637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
638   return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
639 }
640 
641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
642 ExprResult
643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
644   bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
645   if (Ex) {
646     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
647     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
648     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
649     //
650     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
651     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
652     //       clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
653     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
654     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
655     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
656     //       exception object
657     if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
658       if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
659         if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
660           for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
661             if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
662               IsThrownVarInScope = true;
663               break;
664             }
665 
666             if (S->getFlags() &
667                 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
668                  Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
669                  Scope::TryScope))
670               break;
671           }
672         }
673       }
674   }
675 
676   return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
677 }
678 
679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
680                                bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
681   // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
682   if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
683       !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc))
684     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
685 
686   if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
687     Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
688 
689   if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
690     QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
691     if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
692       return ExprError();
693 
694     // Initialize the exception result.  This implicitly weeds out
695     // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
696 
697     // C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
698     //   When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
699     //   copy/move construction of a class object [...]
700     //
701     //     - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
702     //       non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
703     //       catch-clause
704     //       parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
705     //       innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
706     //       operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
707     //       omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
708     //       exception object
709     const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr;
710     if (IsThrownVarInScope)
711       NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false);
712 
713     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException(
714         OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
715         /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr);
716     ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
717         Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
718     if (Res.isInvalid())
719       return ExprError();
720     Ex = Res.get();
721   }
722 
723   return new (Context)
724       CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
725 }
726 
727 static void
728 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
729                    llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
730                    llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
731                    llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
732                    bool ParentIsPublic) {
733   for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
734     CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
735     bool NewSubobject;
736     // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject.  Non-virtual bases are
737     // always distinct subobjects.
738     if (BS.isVirtual())
739       NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
740     else
741       NewSubobject = true;
742 
743     if (NewSubobject)
744       ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
745 
746     // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
747     bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
748     if (PublicPath)
749       PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
750 
751     // Recurse on to each base subobject.
752     collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
753                        PublicPath);
754   }
755 }
756 
757 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
758     CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
759   llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
760   llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
761   llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
762   SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
763   PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
764   collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
765                      /*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
766 
767   for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
768     // Skip ambiguous objects.
769     if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
770       continue;
771 
772     Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
773   }
774 }
775 
776 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
777 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
778                                 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
779   //   If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
780   //   to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
781   QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
782   bool isPointer = false;
783   if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
784     Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
785     isPointer = true;
786   }
787   if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
788     if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
789                             isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
790                                       : diag::err_throw_incomplete,
791                             E->getSourceRange()))
792       return true;
793 
794     if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
795                                diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
796       return true;
797   }
798 
799   // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
800   CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
801   if (!RD)
802     return false;
803 
804   // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
805   // exception handling will make use of the vtable.
806   MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
807 
808   // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
809   if (isPointer)
810     return false;
811 
812   // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
813   if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
814     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
815       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
816       CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
817                             PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
818       if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
819         return true;
820     }
821   }
822 
823   // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
824   // object.  This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
825   // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
826   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
827     // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
828     // the exception object.  Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
829     // inaccessible are not catchable types.
830     llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
831     getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
832 
833     for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
834       // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor.  Various pieces of machinery
835       // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
836       // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls.  Instead, we must perform
837       // lookup and overload resolution.
838       CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
839       if (!CD)
840         continue;
841 
842       // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
843       MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
844 
845       // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
846       // in the catchable type data.
847       if (CD->isTrivial())
848         continue;
849 
850       // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
851       // type to this constructor.
852       // N.B.  The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
853       // particular throw-site.  Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
854       // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
855       // friendship or any other means).
856       Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
857 
858       // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
859       // we must rebuild them here.
860       for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
861         // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated.
862         if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I))
863           continue;
864 
865         Expr *DefaultArg =
866             BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get();
867         Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg);
868       }
869     }
870   }
871 
872   return false;
873 }
874 
875 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
876   DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
877   QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
878   if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
879     if (method && method->isInstance())
880       ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context);
881   }
882   if (ThisTy.isNull()) {
883     if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) &&
884         CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) {
885       // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated
886       // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'.
887       // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer
888       // from.
889 
890       // FIXME: This looks wrong. If we're in a lambda within a lambda within a
891       // default member initializer, we need to recurse up more parents to find
892       // the right context. Looks like we should be walking up to the parent of
893       // the closure type, checking whether that is itself a lambda, and if so,
894       // recursing, until we reach a class or a function that isn't a lambda
895       // call operator. And we should accumulate the constness of *this on the
896       // way.
897 
898       QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(
899           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent()));
900       // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
901       // per [expr.prim.general]p4.
902       ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
903     }
904   }
905    // Add const for '* this' capture if not mutable.
906   if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) {
907     LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda();
908     assert(LSI);
909     if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) {
910       auto C = LSI->getCXXThisCapture();
911       QualType BaseType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
912       if ((C.isThisCapture() && C.isCopyCapture()) &&
913           LSI->CallOperator->isConst() && !BaseType.isConstQualified()) {
914         BaseType.addConst();
915         ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(BaseType);
916       }
917     }
918   }
919   return ThisTy;
920 }
921 
922 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
923                                          Decl *ContextDecl,
924                                          unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
925                                          bool Enabled)
926   : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
927 {
928   if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
929     return;
930 
931   CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
932   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
933     Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
934   else
935     Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
936 
937   S.CXXThisTypeOverride
938     = S.Context.getPointerType(
939         S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals));
940 
941   this->Enabled = true;
942 }
943 
944 
945 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
946   if (Enabled) {
947     S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
948   }
949 }
950 
951 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD,
952                          QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc,
953                          const bool ByCopy) {
954   QualType CaptureThisTy = ByCopy ? ThisTy->getPointeeType() : ThisTy;
955 
956   FieldDecl *Field
957        = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisTy,
958                        Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisTy, Loc),
959                         nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit);
960   Field->setImplicit(true);
961   Field->setAccess(AS_private);
962   RD->addDecl(Field);
963   Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true);
964   if (ByCopy) {
965     Expr *StarThis =  S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc,
966                                       UO_Deref,
967                                       This).get();
968     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture(
969       nullptr, CaptureThisTy, Loc);
970     InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc);
971     InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
972     ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis);
973     if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr;
974     return ER.get();
975   }
976   return This;
977 }
978 
979 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
980     bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
981     const bool ByCopy) {
982   // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
983   if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
984     return true;
985 
986   assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
987 
988   const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ?
989     *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
990 
991   // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
992   // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
993   // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
994 
995   // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
996   // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
997   //    [*this] { ... }.
998   // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
999   // capture.
1000 
1001   // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
1002   // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
1003   // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
1004   // -  or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
1005   // AND
1006   //   -- there is no enclosing closure
1007   //   -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
1008   //      *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
1009   //      and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
1010   //   -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
1011   //      *enclosing object*
1012 
1013 
1014   unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
1015   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) {
1016     if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
1017             dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
1018       if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
1019         // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
1020         break;
1021       }
1022       LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
1023       if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
1024         // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1025         if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1026           Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1027               << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1028         return true;
1029       }
1030       if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
1031           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
1032           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
1033           CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
1034           (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
1035         // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
1036         // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
1037         // if any, must perform implicit captures.
1038 
1039         // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
1040         NumCapturingClosures++;
1041         continue;
1042       }
1043       // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
1044       if (BuildAndDiagnose)
1045         Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
1046             << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1047       return true;
1048     }
1049     break;
1050   }
1051   if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
1052 
1053   // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
1054   // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
1055   // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
1056 
1057   // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
1058   // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below).  Ignore it for
1059   // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
1060   // implicitly capturing the *enclosing  object* by reference (see loop
1061   // above)).
1062   assert((!ByCopy ||
1063           dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
1064          "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
1065          "*this) by copy");
1066   // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated
1067   // contexts.
1068 
1069   for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
1070       --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
1071     CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
1072     Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr;
1073     QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1074     if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) {
1075       // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression,
1076       // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first
1077       // iteration.
1078       ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc,
1079                              ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
1080 
1081     } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI
1082         = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]))
1083       ThisExpr =
1084           captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc,
1085                       false/*ByCopy*/);
1086 
1087     bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
1088     CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr, ByCopy);
1089   }
1090   return false;
1091 }
1092 
1093 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
1094   /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
1095   /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
1096   /// which the function is called.
1097 
1098   QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
1099   if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
1100 
1101   CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc);
1102   return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false);
1103 }
1104 
1105 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
1106   // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
1107   // type for 'this'.
1108   if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
1109     return false;
1110 
1111   // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
1112   // defined.
1113   CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
1114   return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
1115 }
1116 
1117 ExprResult
1118 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
1119                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1120                                 MultiExprArg exprs,
1121                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1122   if (!TypeRep)
1123     return ExprError();
1124 
1125   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
1126   QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
1127   if (!TInfo)
1128     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
1129 
1130   return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc);
1131 }
1132 
1133 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
1134 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
1135 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
1136 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
1137 ExprResult
1138 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1139                                 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
1140                                 MultiExprArg Exprs,
1141                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
1142   QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
1143   SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
1144 
1145   if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
1146     return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs,
1147                                               RParenLoc);
1148   }
1149 
1150   bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid();
1151   assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])))
1152          && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
1153   SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc,
1154       ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc);
1155 
1156   // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
1157   // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion
1158   // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the
1159   // corresponding cast expression.
1160   if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) {
1161     Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
1162     return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc);
1163   }
1164 
1165   // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a
1166   //   simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete
1167   //   object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue
1168   //   of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing
1169   //   an object of type T.
1170   QualType ElemTy = Ty;
1171   if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
1172     if (!ListInitialization)
1173       return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc,
1174                             diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange);
1175     ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
1176   }
1177 
1178   if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType())
1179     return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type)
1180                      << FullRange);
1181 
1182   if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
1183       RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
1184                           diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
1185     return ExprError();
1186 
1187   if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty,
1188                              diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1189     return ExprError();
1190 
1191   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo);
1192   InitializationKind Kind =
1193       Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization
1194       ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc)
1195       : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc)
1196       : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1197   InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1198   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
1199 
1200   if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization)
1201     return Result;
1202 
1203   Expr *Inner = Result.get();
1204   if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
1205     Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
1206   if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) {
1207     // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
1208     // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
1209     // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
1210     //
1211     // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
1212     // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
1213     // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
1214     // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
1215     QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
1216     Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
1217         Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo,
1218         CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc);
1219   }
1220 
1221   return Result;
1222 }
1223 
1224 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual
1225 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter.
1226 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
1227                                          QualType allocType) {
1228   const RecordType *record =
1229     allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
1230   if (!record) return false;
1231 
1232   // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
1233 
1234   DeclarationName deleteName =
1235     S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
1236   LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
1237   S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
1238 
1239   // We're just doing this for information.
1240   ops.suppressDiagnostics();
1241 
1242   // Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
1243   if (ops.empty()) return false;
1244 
1245   // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
1246   // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
1247   if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
1248 
1249   LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter();
1250   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1251     NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl();
1252 
1253     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1254     //   A template instance is never a usual deallocation function,
1255     //   regardless of its signature.
1256     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) {
1257       filter.erase();
1258       continue;
1259     }
1260 
1261     // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2:
1262     //   If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one
1263     //   parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function
1264     //   named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the
1265     //   second of which has type std::size_t, then this function
1266     //   is a usual deallocation function.
1267     if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) {
1268       filter.erase();
1269       continue;
1270     }
1271   }
1272   filter.done();
1273 
1274   if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false;
1275 
1276   const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl());
1277   return (del->getNumParams() == 2);
1278 }
1279 
1280 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
1281 ///
1282 /// E.g.:
1283 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
1284 /// or
1285 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
1286 ///
1287 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
1288 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
1289 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
1290 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
1291 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
1292 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
1293 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
1294 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
1295 ///   if there is none.
1296 ExprResult
1297 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
1298                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1299                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1300                   Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
1301   bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType();
1302 
1303   Expr *ArraySize = nullptr;
1304   // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
1305   if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
1306       D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
1307      DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
1308     if (TypeContainsAuto)
1309       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
1310         << D.getSourceRange());
1311     if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
1312       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
1313         << D.getSourceRange());
1314     if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts)
1315       return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
1316         << D.getSourceRange());
1317 
1318     ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
1319     D.DropFirstTypeObject();
1320   }
1321 
1322   // Every dimension shall be of constant size.
1323   if (ArraySize) {
1324     for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
1325       if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
1326         break;
1327 
1328       DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
1329       if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
1330         if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
1331           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1332 	    // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
1333 	    //   shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
1334 	    //   and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
1335             unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
1336             assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1337             llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth);
1338             Array.NumElts
1339              = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
1340                                                 CCEK_NewExpr)
1341                  .get();
1342           } else {
1343             Array.NumElts
1344               = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr,
1345                                                 diag::err_new_array_nonconst)
1346                   .get();
1347           }
1348           if (!Array.NumElts)
1349             return ExprError();
1350         }
1351       }
1352     }
1353   }
1354 
1355   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
1356   QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
1357   if (D.isInvalidType())
1358     return ExprError();
1359 
1360   SourceRange DirectInitRange;
1361   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
1362     DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
1363 
1364   return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal,
1365                      PlacementLParen,
1366                      PlacementArgs,
1367                      PlacementRParen,
1368                      TypeIdParens,
1369                      AllocType,
1370                      TInfo,
1371                      ArraySize,
1372                      DirectInitRange,
1373                      Initializer,
1374                      TypeContainsAuto);
1375 }
1376 
1377 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
1378                                        Expr *Init) {
1379   if (!Init)
1380     return true;
1381   if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
1382     return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
1383   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
1384     return true;
1385   else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
1386     return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
1387            CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
1388   else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
1389     assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
1390            "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
1391     return true;
1392   }
1393   return false;
1394 }
1395 
1396 ExprResult
1397 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
1398                   SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
1399                   MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
1400                   SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
1401                   SourceRange TypeIdParens,
1402                   QualType AllocType,
1403                   TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
1404                   Expr *ArraySize,
1405                   SourceRange DirectInitRange,
1406                   Expr *Initializer,
1407                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
1408   SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
1409   SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
1410 
1411   CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
1412   if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
1413     assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
1414     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
1415   } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
1416     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
1417   else {
1418     assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
1419             isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
1420            "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
1421     initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
1422   }
1423 
1424   Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
1425   unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
1426   if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1427     assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
1428     Inits = List->getExprs();
1429     NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
1430   }
1431 
1432   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
1433   if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) {
1434     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
1435       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
1436                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1437     if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit ||
1438         (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])))
1439       return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1440                             diag::err_auto_new_list_init)
1441                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1442     if (NumInits > 1) {
1443       Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
1444       return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(),
1445                             diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
1446                        << AllocType << TypeRange);
1447     }
1448     Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
1449     QualType DeducedType;
1450     if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
1451       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
1452                        << AllocType << Deduce->getType()
1453                        << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
1454     if (DeducedType.isNull())
1455       return ExprError();
1456     AllocType = DeducedType;
1457   }
1458 
1459   // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
1460   // typedef of an array type.
1461   if (!ArraySize) {
1462     if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
1463                               = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
1464       ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
1465                                          Context.getSizeType(),
1466                                          TypeRange.getEnd());
1467       AllocType = Array->getElementType();
1468     }
1469   }
1470 
1471   if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
1472     return ExprError();
1473 
1474   if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit &&
1475       isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) {
1476     Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
1477          diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list)
1478         << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange();
1479   }
1480 
1481   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
1482   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
1483       AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1484       AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
1485     AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
1486                                     AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
1487   }
1488 
1489   QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
1490 
1491   if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
1492     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize);
1493     if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
1494     ArraySize = result.get();
1495   }
1496   // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
1497   //   integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
1498   // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
1499   //   enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
1500   //   conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
1501   // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
1502   //   std::size_t.
1503   if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) {
1504     ExprResult ConvertedSize;
1505     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
1506       assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
1507 
1508       ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
1509 						AA_Converting);
1510 
1511       if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
1512           ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
1513         // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
1514         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
1515           << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
1516     } else {
1517       class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
1518       protected:
1519         Expr *ArraySize;
1520 
1521       public:
1522         SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
1523             : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
1524               ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
1525 
1526         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1527                                              QualType T) override {
1528           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
1529                    << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
1530         }
1531 
1532         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
1533             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1534           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
1535                    << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1536         }
1537 
1538         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
1539             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
1540           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
1541         }
1542 
1543         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
1544             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1545           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1546                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1547         }
1548 
1549         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
1550             Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1551           return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
1552         }
1553 
1554         SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
1555             Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
1556           return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
1557                    << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1558         }
1559 
1560         SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
1561                                                  QualType T,
1562                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
1563           return S.Diag(Loc,
1564                         S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
1565                           ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
1566                           : diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
1567                    << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
1568         }
1569       } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize);
1570 
1571       ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize,
1572                                                           SizeDiagnoser);
1573     }
1574     if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
1575       return ExprError();
1576 
1577     ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
1578     QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType();
1579 
1580     if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
1581       return ExprError();
1582 
1583     // C++98 [expr.new]p7:
1584     //   The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
1585     //   with a non-negative value.
1586     //
1587     // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of
1588     // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized
1589     // array type.
1590     //
1591     // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws
1592     // std::bad_array_new_length.
1593     if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) {
1594       llvm::APSInt Value;
1595       // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
1596       // unscoped enumeration type.
1597       if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) {
1598         if (Value < llvm::APSInt(
1599                         llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()),
1600                                  Value.isUnsigned())) {
1601           if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1602             Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1603                  diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size)
1604               << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1605           else
1606             return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1607                                   diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
1608                              << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1609         } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
1610           unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
1611             ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value);
1612           if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
1613             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
1614               Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1615                    diag::warn_array_new_too_large)
1616                 << Value.toString(10)
1617                 << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
1618             else
1619               return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(),
1620                                     diag::err_array_too_large)
1621                                << Value.toString(10)
1622                                << ArraySize->getSourceRange());
1623           }
1624         }
1625       } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
1626         // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
1627         Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
1628           << ArraySize->getSourceRange()
1629           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
1630           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
1631 
1632         TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
1633       }
1634     }
1635 
1636     // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way.  It can
1637     // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
1638   }
1639 
1640   FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
1641   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1642 
1643   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1644       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
1645       FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc,
1646                               SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen),
1647                               UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs,
1648                               OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
1649     return ExprError();
1650 
1651   // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
1652   // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
1653   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
1654   if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
1655     UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize
1656       = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
1657 
1658   SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
1659   if (OperatorNew) {
1660     const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
1661         OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1662     VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
1663                                                     : VariadicDoesNotApply;
1664 
1665     // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
1666     // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
1667     // argument.
1668     if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1,
1669                                PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType))
1670       return ExprError();
1671 
1672     if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
1673       PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
1674 
1675     // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument.
1676     DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs);
1677 
1678     // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent
1679   }
1680 
1681   // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator
1682   // new.
1683   if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew &&
1684       (OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
1685        (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() &&
1686         getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) {
1687     if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){
1688       unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign();
1689       if (Align > SuitableAlign)
1690         Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
1691             << AllocType
1692             << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth())
1693             << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth());
1694     }
1695   }
1696 
1697   QualType InitType = AllocType;
1698   // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
1699   // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
1700   // dialect distinction.
1701   if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) {
1702     if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
1703       SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(),
1704                             Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd());
1705       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
1706       return ExprError();
1707     }
1708     if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) {
1709       // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type
1710       // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check
1711       // default-initialization).
1712       unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1;
1713       InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType,
1714           llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements),
1715                                               ArrayType::Normal, 0);
1716     }
1717   }
1718 
1719   // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
1720   // do it now.
1721   if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1722       !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
1723           llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
1724     // C++11 [expr.new]p15:
1725     //   A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
1726     //   object as follows:
1727     InitializationKind Kind
1728     //     - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
1729     //       initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
1730     //       the object has indeterminate value
1731       = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
1732           ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
1733     //     - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the
1734     //       initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
1735           : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
1736               ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin())
1737               : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
1738                                                  DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
1739                                                  DirectInitRange.getEnd());
1740 
1741     InitializedEntity Entity
1742       = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
1743     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1744     ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
1745                                           MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
1746     if (FullInit.isInvalid())
1747       return ExprError();
1748 
1749     // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
1750     // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
1751     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
1752             dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
1753       FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
1754 
1755     Initializer = FullInit.get();
1756   }
1757 
1758   // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
1759   if (OperatorNew) {
1760     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
1761       return ExprError();
1762     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
1763   }
1764   if (OperatorDelete) {
1765     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
1766       return ExprError();
1767     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
1768   }
1769 
1770   // C++0x [expr.new]p17:
1771   //   If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type,
1772   //   access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor.
1773   QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1774   if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) {
1775     if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1776       if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor(
1777               cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) {
1778         MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor);
1779         CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor,
1780                               PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor)
1781                                 << BaseAllocType);
1782         if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc))
1783           return ExprError();
1784       }
1785     }
1786   }
1787 
1788   return new (Context)
1789       CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
1790                  UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens,
1791                  ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo,
1792                  Range, DirectInitRange);
1793 }
1794 
1795 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
1796 /// in a new-expression.
1797 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
1798                               SourceRange R) {
1799   // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
1800   //   abstract class type or array thereof.
1801   if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
1802     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1803       << AllocType << 0 << R;
1804   else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
1805     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
1806       << AllocType << 1 << R;
1807   else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
1808            RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R))
1809     return true;
1810   else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
1811                                   diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
1812     return true;
1813   else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
1814     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
1815              << AllocType;
1816   else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace())
1817     return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
1818       << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
1819   else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
1820     if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
1821       QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
1822       if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
1823           BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
1824         return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
1825           << BaseAllocType;
1826     }
1827   }
1828 
1829   return false;
1830 }
1831 
1832 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
1833 /// deallocation function.
1834 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
1835   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
1836     return false;
1837 
1838   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
1839     return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction();
1840 
1841   if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
1842       FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
1843     return false;
1844 
1845   if (FD->getNumParams() == 1)
1846     return true;
1847 
1848   return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 &&
1849          S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1850                                           S.Context.getSizeType());
1851 }
1852 
1853 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete
1854 /// that are appropriate for the allocation.
1855 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
1856                                    bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType,
1857                                    bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
1858                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
1859                                    FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) {
1860   // --- Choosing an allocation function ---
1861   // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
1862   // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look
1863   //   in the scope of the allocated class.
1864   // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
1865   //   operator new.
1866   // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
1867   //   placement form.
1868 
1869   SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size());
1870   // We don't care about the actual value of this argument.
1871   // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
1872   // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
1873   IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue(
1874                       Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
1875                       Context.getSizeType(),
1876                       SourceLocation());
1877   AllocArgs[0] = &Size;
1878   std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1);
1879 
1880   // C++ [expr.new]p8:
1881   //   If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
1882   //   function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
1883   //   name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
1884   //   type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
1885   //   deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
1886   DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1887                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
1888   DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
1889                                         IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
1890 
1891   QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
1892 
1893   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1894     CXXRecordDecl *Record
1895       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1896     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record,
1897                                /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew))
1898       return true;
1899   }
1900 
1901   if (!OperatorNew) {
1902     // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one.
1903     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1904     DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1905     bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat;
1906     if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1907                                /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew,
1908                                /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) {
1909       if (!FallbackEnabled)
1910         return true;
1911 
1912       // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
1913       // if operator new[] cannot be found.  Also, MSVC will leak by not
1914       // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
1915       // will not replicate that bug.
1916       NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New);
1917       DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
1918       if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl,
1919                                /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew))
1920       return true;
1921     }
1922   }
1923 
1924   // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under
1925   // -fno-exceptions.
1926   if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
1927     OperatorDelete = nullptr;
1928     return false;
1929   }
1930 
1931   // C++ [expr.new]p19:
1932   //
1933   //   If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
1934   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
1935   //   scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
1936   //   array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
1937   //   the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
1938   //   the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
1939   //   deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
1940   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1941   if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) {
1942     CXXRecordDecl *RD
1943       = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
1944     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
1945   }
1946   if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
1947     return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
1948 
1949   if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
1950     DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
1951     LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
1952   }
1953 
1954   FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
1955 
1956   SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
1957 
1958   // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
1959   // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
1960   // we had explicit placement arguments.  This matters for things like
1961   //   struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
1962   //   A *a = new A()
1963   bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1);
1964 
1965   if (isPlacementNew) {
1966     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
1967     //   A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
1968     //   declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
1969     //   same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
1970     //   (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
1971     //   identical. [...]
1972     //
1973     // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
1974     // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
1975     // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
1976     //
1977     // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like.
1978     QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
1979     {
1980       const FunctionProtoType *Proto
1981         = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
1982 
1983       SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
1984       ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
1985       for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
1986         ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
1987 
1988       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
1989       EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
1990 
1991       ExpectedFunctionType
1992         = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
1993     }
1994 
1995     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
1996                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
1997          D != DEnd; ++D) {
1998       FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
1999       if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl
2000             = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
2001         // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
2002         // expected function type.
2003         TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
2004         if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
2005                                     Info))
2006           continue;
2007       } else
2008         Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
2009 
2010       if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType))
2011         Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2012     }
2013   } else {
2014     // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2015     //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2016     //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2017     for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2018                              DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2019          D != DEnd; ++D) {
2020       if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()))
2021         if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2022           Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
2023     }
2024 
2025     // C++1y [expr.new]p22:
2026     //   For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
2027     //   function lookup is used
2028     // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2029     //   If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation
2030     //   function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation
2031     //   function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the
2032     //   selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters.
2033     //   Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function
2034     //   with one parameter.
2035     if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2036       if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1)
2037         Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2038       else
2039         Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2040       assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 &&
2041              "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2042     }
2043   }
2044 
2045   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2046   //   [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
2047   //   function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
2048   //   deallocation function will be called.
2049   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2050     OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
2051 
2052     // C++0x [expr.new]p20:
2053     //   If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual
2054     //   deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered
2055     //   as a placement deallocation function, would have been
2056     //   selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
2057     //   is ill-formed.
2058     if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
2059         isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
2060       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete)
2061         << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(),
2062                        PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd());
2063       if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
2064         Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
2065           << DeleteName;
2066     } else {
2067       CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
2068                             Matches[0].first);
2069     }
2070   }
2071 
2072   return false;
2073 }
2074 
2075 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function
2076 /// in the specified scope.
2077 ///
2078 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token.
2079 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments.
2080 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]').
2081 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified.
2082 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the
2083 ///        translation unit.
2084 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any
2085 ///        allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p
2086 ///        Operator.
2087 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if
2088 ///        no allocation function was found.
2089 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not
2090 ///        usable.
2091 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
2092                                   DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
2093                                   DeclContext *Ctx,
2094                                   bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
2095                                   bool Diagnose) {
2096   LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2097   LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx);
2098   if (R.empty()) {
2099     if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose)
2100       return false;
2101     return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2102       << Name << Range;
2103   }
2104 
2105   if (R.isAmbiguous())
2106     return true;
2107 
2108   R.suppressDiagnostics();
2109 
2110   OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
2111   for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2112        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2113     // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
2114     // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
2115     NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2116 
2117     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
2118       AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
2119                                    /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr,
2120                                    Args, Candidates,
2121                                    /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2122       continue;
2123     }
2124 
2125     FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
2126     AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
2127                          /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
2128   }
2129 
2130   // Do the resolution.
2131   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
2132   switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) {
2133   case OR_Success: {
2134     // Got one!
2135     FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
2136     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(),
2137                               Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2138       return true;
2139 
2140     Operator = FnDecl;
2141     return false;
2142   }
2143 
2144   case OR_No_Viable_Function:
2145     if (Diagnose) {
2146       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
2147         << Name << Range;
2148       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2149     }
2150     return true;
2151 
2152   case OR_Ambiguous:
2153     if (Diagnose) {
2154       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
2155         << Name << Range;
2156       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args);
2157     }
2158     return true;
2159 
2160   case OR_Deleted: {
2161     if (Diagnose) {
2162       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
2163         << Best->Function->isDeleted()
2164         << Name
2165         << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function)
2166         << Range;
2167       Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
2168     }
2169     return true;
2170   }
2171   }
2172   llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
2173 }
2174 
2175 
2176 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
2177 /// delete. These are:
2178 /// @code
2179 ///   // C++03:
2180 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2181 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2182 ///   void operator delete(void *) throw();
2183 ///   void operator delete[](void *) throw();
2184 ///   // C++11:
2185 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2186 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2187 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2188 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2189 ///   // C++1y:
2190 ///   void* operator new(std::size_t);
2191 ///   void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2192 ///   void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
2193 ///   void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
2194 ///   void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2195 ///   void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
2196 /// @endcode
2197 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
2198 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
2199 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
2200   if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
2201     return;
2202 
2203   // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
2204   //   [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
2205   //   implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
2206   //   program
2207   //
2208   //     C++03:
2209   //     void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2210   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
2211   //     void  operator delete(void*) throw();
2212   //     void  operator delete[](void*) throw();
2213   //     C++11:
2214   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2215   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2216   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2217   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2218   //     C++1y:
2219   //     void* operator new(std::size_t);
2220   //     void* operator new[](std::size_t);
2221   //     void  operator delete(void*) noexcept;
2222   //     void  operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
2223   //     void  operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2224   //     void  operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
2225   //
2226   //   These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
2227   //   new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
2228   //
2229   // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
2230   // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
2231   // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
2232   // lookup.
2233   if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2234     // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
2235     // implicitly.
2236     StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
2237                                         getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
2238                                         SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
2239                                       &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
2240                                         nullptr);
2241     getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
2242   }
2243 
2244   GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
2245 
2246   QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
2247   QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
2248 
2249   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2250       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New),
2251       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType());
2252   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2253       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New),
2254       VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType());
2255   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2256       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2257       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2258   DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2259       Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2260       Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
2261   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) {
2262     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2263         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete),
2264         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2265     DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
2266         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete),
2267         Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType());
2268   }
2269 }
2270 
2271 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
2272 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
2273 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
2274                                            QualType Return,
2275                                            QualType Param1, QualType Param2) {
2276   DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2277   unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2;
2278 
2279   // Check if this function is already declared.
2280   DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
2281   for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
2282        Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
2283     // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
2284     // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
2285     if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
2286       if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) {
2287         QualType InitialParam1Type =
2288             Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0)
2289                                          ->getType().getUnqualifiedType());
2290         QualType InitialParam2Type =
2291             NumParams == 2
2292                 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1)
2293                                                ->getType().getUnqualifiedType())
2294                 : QualType();
2295         // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here?
2296         if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 &&
2297             (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) {
2298           // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
2299           // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
2300           // allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
2301           Func->setHidden(false);
2302           return;
2303         }
2304       }
2305     }
2306   }
2307 
2308   FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
2309 
2310   QualType BadAllocType;
2311   bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
2312     = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
2313        Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
2314   if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
2315     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
2316       BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
2317       assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
2318       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
2319       EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
2320     }
2321   } else {
2322     EPI.ExceptionSpec =
2323         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
2324   }
2325 
2326   QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 };
2327 
2328   QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(
2329       Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI);
2330   FunctionDecl *Alloc =
2331     FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(),
2332                          SourceLocation(), Name,
2333                          FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true);
2334   Alloc->setImplicit();
2335 
2336   // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility.
2337   Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
2338                                                 VisibilityAttr::Default));
2339 
2340   ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2];
2341   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) {
2342     ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(),
2343                                         SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2344                                         Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2345                                         SC_None, nullptr);
2346     ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit();
2347   }
2348   Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams));
2349 
2350   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
2351   IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
2352 }
2353 
2354 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
2355                                                   bool CanProvideSize,
2356                                                   DeclarationName Name) {
2357   DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
2358 
2359   LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2360   LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
2361 
2362   // C++ [expr.new]p20:
2363   //   [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a
2364   //   non-placement allocation function. [...]
2365   llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches;
2366   for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
2367                            DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
2368        D != DEnd; ++D) {
2369     if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D))
2370       if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn))
2371         Matches.push_back(Fn);
2372   }
2373 
2374   // C++1y [expr.delete]p?:
2375   //   If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a
2376   //   usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual
2377   //   deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size
2378   //   parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one
2379   //   with two parameters.  Otherwise, the selected deallocation function
2380   //   shall be the function with one parameter.
2381   if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) {
2382     unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1;
2383     if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs)
2384       Matches.erase(Matches.begin());
2385     else
2386       Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1);
2387     assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs &&
2388            "found an unexpected usual deallocation function");
2389   }
2390 
2391   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2392     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2393 
2394   assert(Matches.size() == 1 &&
2395          "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions");
2396   return Matches.front();
2397 }
2398 
2399 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
2400                                     DeclarationName Name,
2401                                     FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) {
2402   LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
2403   // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
2404   LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
2405 
2406   if (Found.isAmbiguous())
2407     return true;
2408 
2409   Found.suppressDiagnostics();
2410 
2411   SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches;
2412   for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2413        F != FEnd; ++F) {
2414     NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl();
2415 
2416     // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual
2417     // deallocation function.
2418     if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
2419       continue;
2420 
2421     if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction())
2422       Matches.push_back(F.getPair());
2423   }
2424 
2425   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
2426     EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
2427 
2428   // There's exactly one suitable operator;  pick it.
2429   if (Matches.size() == 1) {
2430     Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl());
2431 
2432     if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
2433       if (Diagnose) {
2434         Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
2435         NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
2436       }
2437       return true;
2438     }
2439 
2440     if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
2441                               Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
2442       return true;
2443 
2444     return false;
2445 
2446   // We found multiple suitable operators;  complain about the ambiguity.
2447   } else if (!Matches.empty()) {
2448     if (Diagnose) {
2449       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2450         << Name << RD;
2451 
2452       for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator
2453              F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F)
2454         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2455              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2456     }
2457     return true;
2458   }
2459 
2460   // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
2461   // none of them were suitable.
2462   if (!Found.empty()) {
2463     if (Diagnose) {
2464       Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
2465         << Name << RD;
2466 
2467       for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end();
2468            F != FEnd; ++F)
2469         Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
2470              diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
2471     }
2472     return true;
2473   }
2474 
2475   Operator = nullptr;
2476   return false;
2477 }
2478 
2479 namespace {
2480 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
2481 ///  initializing deletee have the same array form.
2482 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
2483 public:
2484   enum MismatchResult {
2485     /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
2486     NoMismatch,
2487     /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2488     VarInitMismatches,
2489     /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
2490     MemberInitMismatches,
2491     /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
2492     /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
2493     AnalyzeLater
2494   };
2495 
2496   /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
2497   /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
2498   /// delete-expression was encountered.
2499   explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
2500       : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
2501         HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
2502 
2503   /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
2504   /// matching form of new-expression.
2505   ///
2506   /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
2507   /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
2508   /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
2509   /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
2510   /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
2511   /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
2512   /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
2513   MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
2514   /// \brief Analyzes a class member.
2515   /// \param Field Class member to analyze.
2516   /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
2517   /// for deleting the \p Field.
2518   MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
2519   /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
2520   llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
2521   /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
2522   bool IsArrayForm;
2523   FieldDecl *Field;
2524 
2525 private:
2526   const bool EndOfTU;
2527   /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
2528   bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
2529   /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
2530   /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
2531   /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
2532   const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
2533   /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
2534   /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
2535   ///
2536   /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
2537   /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
2538   /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
2539   /// \c NoMismatch.
2540   MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
2541   /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
2542   /// \c new.
2543   ///
2544   /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
2545   /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
2546   /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
2547   /// \param D Variable to analyze.
2548   bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
2549   /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
2550   /// form of \c new.
2551   ///
2552   /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
2553   /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
2554   /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
2555   /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
2556   /// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
2557   bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
2558   /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
2559   /// \c new in member initializer list.
2560   bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
2561   /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
2562   /// in-class initializer.
2563   MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
2564 };
2565 }
2566 
2567 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2568 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2569   NewExprs.clear();
2570   assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
2571   IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
2572   const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2573   if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
2574     return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
2575   } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
2576     if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
2577       return VarInitMismatches;
2578   }
2579   return NoMismatch;
2580 }
2581 
2582 const CXXNewExpr *
2583 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
2584   assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
2585   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
2586   if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
2587     if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
2588       E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
2589   }
2590 
2591   return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
2592 }
2593 
2594 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
2595     const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
2596   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2597   if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
2598       (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
2599     if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
2600       return true;
2601     else
2602       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2603   }
2604   return false;
2605 }
2606 
2607 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
2608     const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
2609   if (CD->isImplicit())
2610     return false;
2611   const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
2612   if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
2613     HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
2614     return EndOfTU;
2615   }
2616   for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
2617     if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
2618       return true;
2619   }
2620   return false;
2621 }
2622 
2623 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2624 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
2625   assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
2626   const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
2627   if (!InitExpr)
2628     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2629   if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
2630     if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2631       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2632       return MemberInitMismatches;
2633     }
2634   }
2635   return NoMismatch;
2636 }
2637 
2638 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2639 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
2640                                            bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2641   assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
2642   this->Field = Field;
2643   IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
2644   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
2645   for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
2646     if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
2647       return NoMismatch;
2648   }
2649   if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
2650     return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
2651   if (!NewExprs.empty())
2652     return MemberInitMismatches;
2653   return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
2654                                         : NoMismatch;
2655 }
2656 
2657 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
2658 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
2659   assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
2660   if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2661     return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
2662   return NoMismatch;
2663 }
2664 
2665 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
2666   const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
2667   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
2668     if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
2669         NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
2670       NewExprs.push_back(NE);
2671     }
2672   }
2673   return NewExprs.empty();
2674 }
2675 
2676 static void
2677 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2678                             const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
2679   SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
2680   FixItHint H;
2681   if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
2682     H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
2683   else {
2684     SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
2685         DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
2686         SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
2687     if (RSquare.isValid())
2688       H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
2689   }
2690   SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
2691       << Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
2692 
2693   for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
2694     SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
2695         << Detector.IsArrayForm;
2696 }
2697 
2698 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
2699   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
2700     return;
2701   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
2702   switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
2703   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2704   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
2705     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector);
2706     break;
2707   }
2708   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
2709     DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
2710         std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm()));
2711     break;
2712   }
2713   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2714     break;
2715   }
2716 }
2717 
2718 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
2719                                      bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
2720   MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
2721   switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
2722   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
2723     llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
2724   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
2725     llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
2726                      "translation unit.");
2727   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
2728     DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
2729     break;
2730   case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
2731     break;
2732   }
2733 }
2734 
2735 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
2736 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
2737 /// or
2738 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
2739 ExprResult
2740 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
2741                      bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
2742   // C++ [expr.delete]p1:
2743   //   The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
2744   //   non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
2745   //   void.
2746   //
2747   // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
2748 
2749   ExprResult Ex = ExE;
2750   FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
2751   bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
2752   bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
2753 
2754   if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
2755     // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
2756     Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
2757     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2758       return ExprError();
2759 
2760     QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2761 
2762     class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2763     public:
2764       DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
2765 
2766       bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
2767         // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
2768         // the operator T*.
2769         if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
2770           if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
2771             return true;
2772         return false;
2773       }
2774 
2775       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2776                                             QualType T) override {
2777         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
2778       }
2779 
2780       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2781                                                QualType T) override {
2782         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
2783       }
2784 
2785       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2786                                                  QualType T,
2787                                                  QualType ConvTy) override {
2788         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
2789       }
2790 
2791       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2792                                              QualType ConvTy) override {
2793         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2794           << ConvTy;
2795       }
2796 
2797       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2798                                               QualType T) override {
2799         return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
2800       }
2801 
2802       SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
2803                                           QualType ConvTy) override {
2804         return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
2805           << ConvTy;
2806       }
2807 
2808       SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
2809                                                QualType T,
2810                                                QualType ConvTy) override {
2811         llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
2812       }
2813     } Converter;
2814 
2815     Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
2816     if (Ex.isInvalid())
2817       return ExprError();
2818     Type = Ex.get()->getType();
2819     if (!Converter.match(Type))
2820       // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
2821       //        itself in this case.
2822       return ExprError();
2823 
2824     QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2825     QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
2826 
2827     if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace())
2828       return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(),
2829                   diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
2830                << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace;
2831 
2832     CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
2833     if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
2834       // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
2835       // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
2836       // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
2837       Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
2838         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
2839     } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) {
2840       return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
2841         << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
2842     } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
2843       // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
2844       // module but is hidden.
2845       if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
2846                                diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
2847         if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
2848           PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
2849       }
2850     }
2851 
2852     if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
2853       Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
2854           << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
2855           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
2856       ArrayForm = true;
2857     }
2858 
2859     DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
2860                                       ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
2861 
2862     if (PointeeRD) {
2863       if (!UseGlobal &&
2864           FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
2865                                    OperatorDelete))
2866         return ExprError();
2867 
2868       // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
2869       // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
2870       if (ArrayForm) {
2871         // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
2872         // we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
2873         if (UseGlobal)
2874           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
2875             doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
2876 
2877         // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
2878         // function we just found.
2879         else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
2880           UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2);
2881       }
2882 
2883       if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
2884         if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2885           MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
2886                                     const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
2887           if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
2888             return ExprError();
2889         }
2890 
2891       CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
2892                            /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
2893                            /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
2894                            SourceLocation());
2895     }
2896 
2897     if (!OperatorDelete)
2898       // Look for a global declaration.
2899       OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
2900           StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) &&
2901                     (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
2902                      Pointee.isDestructedType()),
2903           DeleteName);
2904 
2905     MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
2906 
2907     // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor.
2908     if (PointeeRD) {
2909       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
2910           CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
2911                       PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
2912       }
2913     }
2914   }
2915 
2916   CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
2917       Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
2918       UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
2919   AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
2920   return Result;
2921 }
2922 
2923 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
2924                                 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
2925                                 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
2926                                 SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
2927   if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual)
2928     return;
2929 
2930   // C++ [expr.delete]p3:
2931   //   In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
2932   //   object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
2933   //   type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
2934   //   deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
2935   //   behavior is undefined.
2936   //
2937   const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
2938   // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
2939   if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
2940     return;
2941 
2942   QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType();
2943   if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
2944     // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
2945     // sure the code has undefined behavior.
2946     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
2947                                                            << ClassType;
2948   } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
2949     // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
2950     // but not necessarily wrong.
2951     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
2952                                                   << ClassType;
2953   }
2954   if (!IsDelete) {
2955     std::string TypeStr;
2956     ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
2957     Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
2958         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
2959   }
2960 }
2961 
2962 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
2963 /// while, do-while, or switch statement.
2964 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
2965                                         SourceLocation StmtLoc,
2966                                         bool ConvertToBoolean) {
2967   if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
2968     return ExprError();
2969 
2970   QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
2971 
2972   // C++ [stmt.select]p2:
2973   //   The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
2974   if (T->isFunctionType())
2975     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2976                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
2977                        << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2978   else if (T->isArrayType())
2979     return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2980                           diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
2981                      << ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
2982 
2983   ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create(
2984       Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar,
2985       /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(),
2986       ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue);
2987 
2988   MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get()));
2989 
2990   if (ConvertToBoolean) {
2991     Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc);
2992     if (Condition.isInvalid())
2993       return ExprError();
2994   }
2995 
2996   return Condition;
2997 }
2998 
2999 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
3000 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) {
3001   // C++ 6.4p4:
3002   // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
3003   // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
3004   // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
3005   // program is ill-formed.
3006   // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
3007   // expression, implicitly converted to bool.
3008   //
3009   return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
3010 }
3011 
3012 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
3013 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
3014 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
3015 /// respectively).
3016 bool
3017 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
3018   // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
3019   if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
3020     From = Cast->getSubExpr();
3021 
3022   // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
3023   // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
3024   // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
3025   // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
3026   if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
3027     if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
3028       if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
3029           = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3030         // This conversion is considered only when there is an
3031         // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
3032         if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
3033           switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
3034             case StringLiteral::UTF8:
3035             case StringLiteral::UTF16:
3036             case StringLiteral::UTF32:
3037               // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
3038               break;
3039             case StringLiteral::Ascii:
3040               return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
3041                       ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
3042             case StringLiteral::Wide:
3043               return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
3044                                                 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
3045           }
3046         }
3047       }
3048 
3049   return false;
3050 }
3051 
3052 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
3053                                        SourceLocation CastLoc,
3054                                        QualType Ty,
3055                                        CastKind Kind,
3056                                        CXXMethodDecl *Method,
3057                                        DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
3058                                        bool HadMultipleCandidates,
3059                                        Expr *From) {
3060   switch (Kind) {
3061   default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
3062   case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
3063     CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
3064     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3065 
3066     if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
3067                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
3068       return ExprError();
3069 
3070     if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs))
3071       return ExprError();
3072 
3073     S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor,
3074                              InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty),
3075                              Constructor->getAccess());
3076     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3077       return ExprError();
3078 
3079     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3080         CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
3081         ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
3082         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3083         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3084     if (Result.isInvalid())
3085       return ExprError();
3086 
3087     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
3088   }
3089 
3090   case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
3091     assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
3092 
3093     S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
3094     if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
3095       return ExprError();
3096 
3097     // Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
3098     CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
3099     ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
3100                                                  HadMultipleCandidates);
3101     if (Result.isInvalid())
3102       return ExprError();
3103     // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
3104     Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
3105                                       CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
3106                                       nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind());
3107 
3108     return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
3109   }
3110   }
3111 }
3112 
3113 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3114 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
3115 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
3116 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
3117 /// used in the error message.
3118 ExprResult
3119 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3120                                 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
3121                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3122                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3123   switch (ICS.getKind()) {
3124   case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
3125     ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
3126                                                Action, CCK);
3127     if (Res.isInvalid())
3128       return ExprError();
3129     From = Res.get();
3130     break;
3131   }
3132 
3133   case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
3134 
3135       FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
3136       CastKind CastKind;
3137       QualType BeforeToType;
3138       assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
3139       if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
3140         CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
3141 
3142         // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
3143         // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3144         // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
3145         BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
3146       } else {
3147         const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
3148         CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
3149         // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
3150         if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3151           // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
3152           // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
3153           // the type required by the argument of the constructor
3154           BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
3155         }
3156       }
3157       // Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
3158       if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
3159         ExprResult Res =
3160           PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
3161                                     ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
3162                                     CCK);
3163         if (Res.isInvalid())
3164           return ExprError();
3165         From = Res.get();
3166       }
3167 
3168       ExprResult CastArg
3169         = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this,
3170                                From->getLocStart(),
3171                                ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3172                                CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD),
3173                                ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
3174                                ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates,
3175                                From);
3176 
3177       if (CastArg.isInvalid())
3178         return ExprError();
3179 
3180       From = CastArg.get();
3181 
3182       return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
3183                                        AA_Converting, CCK);
3184   }
3185 
3186   case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
3187     ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
3188                           PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
3189                             << From->getSourceRange());
3190      return ExprError();
3191 
3192   case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
3193     llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
3194 
3195   case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
3196     return ExprError();
3197   }
3198 
3199   // Everything went well.
3200   return From;
3201 }
3202 
3203 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
3204 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
3205 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
3206 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
3207 /// conversion, for use in error messages.
3208 ExprResult
3209 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
3210                                 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
3211                                 AssignmentAction Action,
3212                                 CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
3213   bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
3214 
3215   // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
3216   // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
3217   // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
3218   // so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
3219   QualType FromType = From->getType();
3220 
3221   if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
3222     // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
3223     assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
3224     if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
3225       SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
3226       if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor),
3227                                   From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(),
3228                                   ConstructorArgs))
3229         return ExprError();
3230       return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3231           /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3232           SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3233           ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3234           /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3235           CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3236     }
3237     return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
3238         /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
3239         SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
3240         From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
3241         /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
3242         CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
3243   }
3244 
3245   // Resolve overloaded function references.
3246   if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
3247     DeclAccessPair Found;
3248     FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
3249                                                           true, Found);
3250     if (!Fn)
3251       return ExprError();
3252 
3253     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart()))
3254       return ExprError();
3255 
3256     From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
3257     FromType = From->getType();
3258   }
3259 
3260   // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
3261   // non-atomic type.
3262   QualType ToAtomicType;
3263   if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3264     ToAtomicType = ToType;
3265     ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
3266   }
3267 
3268   QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
3269   // Perform the first implicit conversion.
3270   switch (SCS.First) {
3271   case ICK_Identity:
3272     if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
3273       FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
3274       From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
3275                                       From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue);
3276     }
3277     break;
3278 
3279   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
3280     assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
3281     ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
3282     assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!");
3283     From = FromRes.get();
3284     FromType = From->getType();
3285     break;
3286   }
3287 
3288   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3289     FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
3290     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay,
3291                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3292     break;
3293 
3294   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3295     FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
3296     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
3297                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3298     break;
3299 
3300   default:
3301     llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
3302   }
3303 
3304   // Perform the second implicit conversion
3305   switch (SCS.Second) {
3306   case ICK_Identity:
3307     // C++ [except.spec]p5:
3308     //   [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
3309     //   pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
3310     //   target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
3311     //   source value in the assignment or initialization.
3312     switch (Action) {
3313     case AA_Assigning:
3314     case AA_Initializing:
3315       // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
3316     case AA_Passing:
3317     case AA_Returning:
3318     case AA_Sending:
3319     case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
3320       if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3321         return ExprError();
3322       break;
3323 
3324     case AA_Casting:
3325     case AA_Converting:
3326       // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
3327       // checked for exception specification mismatches.
3328       break;
3329     }
3330     // Nothing else to do.
3331     break;
3332 
3333   case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment:
3334     // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
3335     // be incompatible exception declarations.
3336     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3337       return ExprError();
3338 
3339     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3340                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3341     break;
3342 
3343   case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
3344   case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
3345     if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
3346       assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
3347              SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
3348              "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
3349       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean,
3350                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3351     } else {
3352       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast,
3353                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3354     }
3355     break;
3356 
3357   case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
3358   case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
3359     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast,
3360                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3361     break;
3362 
3363   case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
3364   case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
3365     QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3366     QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
3367     CastKind CK;
3368     if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3369       if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
3370         CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
3371       else
3372         CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
3373     } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
3374       CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
3375     } else {
3376       CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
3377     }
3378     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK,
3379                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3380     break;
3381   }
3382 
3383   case ICK_Floating_Integral:
3384     if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
3385       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating,
3386                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3387     else
3388       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral,
3389                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3390     break;
3391 
3392   case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
3393       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp,
3394                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3395     break;
3396 
3397   case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
3398   case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
3399     if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
3400       // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
3401       if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
3402         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3403              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3404           << ToType << From->getType() << Action
3405           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3406       else
3407         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3408              diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
3409           << From->getType() << ToType << Action
3410           << From->getSourceRange() << 0;
3411 
3412       if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3413           ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3414         EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
3415     }
3416     else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
3417              !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
3418                                                     From->getType())) {
3419       if (Action == AA_Initializing)
3420         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3421              diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
3422       else
3423         Diag(From->getLocStart(),
3424              diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
3425           << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
3426           << From->getSourceRange();
3427     }
3428 
3429     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3430     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3431     if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3432       return ExprError();
3433 
3434     // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
3435     // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
3436     if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
3437       ExprResult E = From;
3438       (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
3439       From = E.get();
3440     }
3441     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount)
3442       CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK);
3443     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3444              .get();
3445     break;
3446   }
3447 
3448   case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
3449     CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
3450     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3451     if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
3452       return ExprError();
3453     if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
3454       return ExprError();
3455 
3456     // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
3457     // to up until this exact point.  Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
3458     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
3459       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
3460       (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
3461     }
3462 
3463     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK)
3464              .get();
3465     break;
3466   }
3467 
3468   case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
3469     // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
3470     if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
3471       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
3472       FromType = Context.FloatTy;
3473     }
3474 
3475     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
3476                              ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType),
3477                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3478     break;
3479 
3480   case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
3481     CXXCastPath BasePath;
3482     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(),
3483                                      ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3484                                      From->getLocStart(),
3485                                      From->getSourceRange(),
3486                                      &BasePath,
3487                                      CStyle))
3488       return ExprError();
3489 
3490     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
3491                       CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
3492                       &BasePath, CCK).get();
3493     break;
3494   }
3495 
3496   case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
3497     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast,
3498                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3499     break;
3500 
3501   case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
3502     // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
3503     Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
3504     From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue,
3505                              /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3506     break;
3507   }
3508 
3509   case ICK_Complex_Real:
3510     // Case 1.  x -> _Complex y
3511     if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3512       QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
3513       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3514 
3515       // x -> y
3516       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
3517         // do nothing
3518       } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
3519         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3520                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
3521       } else {
3522         assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
3523         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3524                 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
3525       }
3526       // y -> _Complex y
3527       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3528                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
3529                                      : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
3530 
3531     // Case 2.  _Complex x -> y
3532     } else {
3533       const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>();
3534       assert(FromComplex);
3535 
3536       QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
3537       bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
3538 
3539       // _Complex x -> x
3540       From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
3541                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
3542                                      : CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
3543                                VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3544 
3545       // x -> y
3546       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
3547         // do nothing
3548       } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3549         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3550                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating,
3551                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3552       } else {
3553         assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
3554         From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3555                    isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast,
3556                                  VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3557       }
3558     }
3559     break;
3560 
3561   case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
3562     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast,
3563                              VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3564     break;
3565   }
3566 
3567   case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
3568     ExprResult FromRes = From;
3569     Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
3570       CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
3571     if (FromRes.isInvalid())
3572       return ExprError();
3573     From = FromRes.get();
3574     assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
3575             "Improper transparent union conversion");
3576     (void)ConvTy;
3577     break;
3578   }
3579 
3580   case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
3581     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
3582                              CK_ZeroToOCLEvent,
3583                              From->getValueKind()).get();
3584     break;
3585 
3586   case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
3587   case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
3588   case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
3589   case ICK_Qualification:
3590   case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
3591   case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
3592     llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
3593   }
3594 
3595   switch (SCS.Third) {
3596   case ICK_Identity:
3597     // Nothing to do.
3598     break;
3599 
3600   case ICK_Qualification: {
3601     // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the
3602     // target type isn't a reference.
3603     ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ?
3604                                   From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue;
3605     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context),
3606                              CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
3607 
3608     if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
3609         !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
3610       Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
3611            ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
3612            : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
3613         << ToType.getNonReferenceType();
3614     }
3615 
3616     break;
3617   }
3618 
3619   default:
3620     llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
3621   }
3622 
3623   // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
3624   // that conversion now.
3625   if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
3626     assert(Context.hasSameType(
3627         ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
3628     From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
3629                              VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get();
3630   }
3631 
3632   // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
3633   // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
3634   if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion)
3635     diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
3636                                         From->getLocStart());
3637 
3638   return From;
3639 }
3640 
3641 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
3642 ///
3643 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
3644 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
3645 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
3646 /// returns true.
3647 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
3648                                                 SourceLocation Loc,
3649                                                 QualType ArgTy) {
3650   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
3651   //   For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
3652   //   that template with a template argument that is a class template
3653   //   specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
3654   //   argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
3655   //   must be a complete type.
3656   // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
3657   // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
3658   // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
3659   switch (UTT) {
3660   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3661     // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
3662   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
3663     // Fall-through
3664 
3665     // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
3666     // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
3667     // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
3668     // impacted by the completeness of the type.
3669   case UTT_IsVoid:
3670   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3671   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3672   case UTT_IsArray:
3673   case UTT_IsPointer:
3674   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3675   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3676   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3677   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3678   case UTT_IsEnum:
3679   case UTT_IsUnion:
3680   case UTT_IsClass:
3681   case UTT_IsFunction:
3682   case UTT_IsReference:
3683   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3684   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3685   case UTT_IsObject:
3686   case UTT_IsScalar:
3687   case UTT_IsCompound:
3688   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3689     // Fall-through
3690 
3691     // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
3692     // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
3693     // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
3694     // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
3695     // Table 49.
3696   case UTT_IsConst:
3697   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3698   case UTT_IsSigned:
3699   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3700 
3701   // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
3702   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3703     return true;
3704 
3705   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3706   //   If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
3707   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3708   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3709   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3710     if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3711       if (!RD->isUnion())
3712         return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3713             Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3714     return true;
3715 
3716   // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3717   //   If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
3718   case UTT_IsFinal:
3719   case UTT_IsSealed:
3720     if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3721       return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3722           Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3723     return true;
3724 
3725   // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be
3726   // applied to a complete type.
3727   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3728   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3729   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3730   case UTT_IsPOD:
3731   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3732 
3733   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3734   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3735     // Fall-through
3736 
3737     // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in
3738     // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified
3739     // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete
3740     // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented
3741     // requiring the complete type.
3742   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
3743   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
3744   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
3745   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
3746   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3747   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3748   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3749   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3750   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3751   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
3752   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
3753     // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed.
3754     QualType ElTy = ArgTy;
3755     if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
3756       ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType();
3757 
3758     // The void type is expressly allowed.
3759     if (ElTy->isVoidType())
3760       return true;
3761 
3762     return !S.RequireCompleteType(
3763       Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
3764   }
3765 }
3766 
3767 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
3768                                Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
3769                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
3770                                bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
3771                                bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
3772 {
3773   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3774   if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
3775     return true;
3776 
3777   DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
3778   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
3779   LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
3780   if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
3781     bool FoundOperator = false;
3782     Res.suppressDiagnostics();
3783     for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
3784          Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
3785       if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
3786         continue;
3787 
3788       CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
3789       if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
3790         FoundOperator = true;
3791         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
3792           Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3793         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
3794         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
3795           return false;
3796       }
3797     }
3798     return FoundOperator;
3799   }
3800   return false;
3801 }
3802 
3803 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
3804                                    SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
3805   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
3806 
3807   ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
3808   switch(UTT) {
3809   default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
3810     // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
3811     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
3812   case UTT_IsVoid:
3813     return T->isVoidType();
3814   case UTT_IsIntegral:
3815     return T->isIntegralType(C);
3816   case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
3817     return T->isFloatingType();
3818   case UTT_IsArray:
3819     return T->isArrayType();
3820   case UTT_IsPointer:
3821     return T->isPointerType();
3822   case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
3823     return T->isLValueReferenceType();
3824   case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
3825     return T->isRValueReferenceType();
3826   case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
3827     return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
3828   case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
3829     return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
3830   case UTT_IsEnum:
3831     return T->isEnumeralType();
3832   case UTT_IsUnion:
3833     return T->isUnionType();
3834   case UTT_IsClass:
3835     return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
3836   case UTT_IsFunction:
3837     return T->isFunctionType();
3838 
3839     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
3840     // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
3841   case UTT_IsReference:
3842     return T->isReferenceType();
3843   case UTT_IsArithmetic:
3844     return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
3845   case UTT_IsFundamental:
3846     return T->isFundamentalType();
3847   case UTT_IsObject:
3848     return T->isObjectType();
3849   case UTT_IsScalar:
3850     // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
3851     // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
3852     // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
3853     // operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
3854     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
3855       switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
3856       case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
3857       case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
3858         return true;
3859 
3860       case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
3861       case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
3862       case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
3863         return false;
3864       }
3865     }
3866 
3867     return T->isScalarType();
3868   case UTT_IsCompound:
3869     return T->isCompoundType();
3870   case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
3871     return T->isMemberPointerType();
3872 
3873     // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
3874     // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
3875   case UTT_IsConst:
3876     return T.isConstQualified();
3877   case UTT_IsVolatile:
3878     return T.isVolatileQualified();
3879   case UTT_IsTrivial:
3880     return T.isTrivialType(C);
3881   case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
3882     return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
3883   case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
3884     return T->isStandardLayoutType();
3885   case UTT_IsPOD:
3886     return T.isPODType(C);
3887   case UTT_IsLiteral:
3888     return T->isLiteralType(C);
3889   case UTT_IsEmpty:
3890     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3891       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
3892     return false;
3893   case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
3894     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3895       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
3896     return false;
3897   case UTT_IsAbstract:
3898     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3899       return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
3900     return false;
3901   // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
3902   // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
3903   // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
3904   case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
3905     return false;
3906   case UTT_IsFinal:
3907   case UTT_IsSealed:
3908     if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3909       return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
3910     return false;
3911   case UTT_IsSigned:
3912     return T->isSignedIntegerType();
3913   case UTT_IsUnsigned:
3914     return T->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3915 
3916     // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
3917     // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
3918     // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
3919     // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
3920     // specifications.
3921     //
3922     //   1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
3923     //   2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
3924     //
3925     // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
3926     // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
3927     // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
3928     // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
3929     // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
3930     // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
3931   case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
3932     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3933     //   If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
3934     //   a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
3935     //   constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
3936     if (T.isPODType(C))
3937       return true;
3938     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3939       return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
3940              !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
3941     return false;
3942   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
3943     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3944     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
3945     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
3946     if (T.isPODType(C))
3947       return true;
3948     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3949       return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
3950     return false;
3951   case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
3952     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3953     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
3954     //   the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
3955     //   with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
3956     //   is true, else it is false.
3957     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
3958       return true;
3959     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3960       return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
3961              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
3962     return false;
3963   case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
3964     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
3965     //  standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
3966     //  behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
3967     if (T.isPODType(C))
3968       return true;
3969     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3970       return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
3971     return false;
3972   case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
3973     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
3974     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
3975     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
3976     //   trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
3977     //   a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
3978     //   true, else it is false.
3979     // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
3980     // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
3981     // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
3982     // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
3983     // [class.copy]p12).
3984 
3985     if (T.isConstQualified())
3986       return false;
3987     if (T.isPODType(C))
3988       return true;
3989     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
3990       return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
3991              !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
3992     return false;
3993   case UTT_IsDestructible:
3994   case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
3995     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
3996     //   For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
3997     if (T->isReferenceType())
3998       return true;
3999 
4000     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4001     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4002         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4003       return true;
4004 
4005     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4006     //   For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
4007     //   false.
4008     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4009       return false;
4010 
4011     // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
4012     //   For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
4013     //   expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
4014     //   unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
4015     if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4016       CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
4017       if (!Destructor)
4018         return false;
4019       //  C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
4020       //    A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
4021       //    explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
4022       if (Destructor->isDeleted())
4023         return false;
4024       if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
4025         return false;
4026       if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
4027         const FunctionProtoType *CPT =
4028             Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4029         CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4030         if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C))
4031           return false;
4032       }
4033     }
4034     return true;
4035 
4036   case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
4037     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4038     //   If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
4039     //   then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
4040     //   type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
4041     //   ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
4042     //   false.
4043     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
4044       return true;
4045 
4046     // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
4047     if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
4048         T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
4049       return true;
4050 
4051     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4052       return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
4053     return false;
4054   // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
4055   case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
4056     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4057     //   If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
4058     //   trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
4059     //   is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
4060     //   or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
4061     //   not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4062     //   false.
4063     if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
4064       return false;
4065     if (T->isReferenceType())
4066       return false;
4067     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4068       return true;
4069 
4070     if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
4071       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4072                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
4073                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
4074                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
4075     return false;
4076   case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
4077     //  This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
4078     //  standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
4079     //  behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
4080     if (T.isPODType(C))
4081       return true;
4082 
4083     if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
4084       return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
4085                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
4086                                 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
4087                                 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
4088     return false;
4089   case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
4090     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4091     //   If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
4092     //   if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
4093     //   known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
4094     //   false.
4095     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4096       return true;
4097     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4098       if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
4099           !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
4100         return true;
4101 
4102       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4103       unsigned FoundTQs;
4104       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4105         // A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
4106         // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
4107         // resolution point.
4108         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4109           continue;
4110         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4111         if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
4112           FoundConstructor = true;
4113           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4114               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4115           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4116           if (!CPT)
4117             return false;
4118           // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4119           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4120           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
4121             return false;
4122         }
4123       }
4124 
4125       return FoundConstructor;
4126     }
4127     return false;
4128   case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
4129     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
4130     //   If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
4131     //   true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
4132     //   thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
4133     //   throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
4134     if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
4135       return true;
4136     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
4137       if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
4138           !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
4139         return true;
4140 
4141       bool FoundConstructor = false;
4142       for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
4143         // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
4144         if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND))
4145           continue;
4146         const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND);
4147         if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
4148           FoundConstructor = true;
4149           const FunctionProtoType *CPT
4150               = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
4151           CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
4152           if (!CPT)
4153             return false;
4154           // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
4155           // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
4156           if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
4157             return false;
4158         }
4159       }
4160       return FoundConstructor;
4161     }
4162     return false;
4163   case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
4164     // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
4165     //   If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
4166     //   then the trait is true, else it is false.
4167     if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
4168       if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
4169         return Destructor->isVirtual();
4170     return false;
4171 
4172     // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
4173     // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
4174     //   http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
4175   case UTT_IsCompleteType:
4176     // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
4177     //   Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
4178     //   function call.
4179     return !T->isIncompleteType();
4180   }
4181 }
4182 
4183 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in
4184 /// ARC mode.
4185 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) {
4186   switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
4187   case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
4188     return false;
4189 
4190   case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
4191   case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
4192   case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
4193     return true;
4194 
4195   case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
4196     return T->isObjCLifetimeType();
4197   }
4198 
4199   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier");
4200 }
4201 
4202 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4203                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
4204 
4205 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4206                               ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4207                               SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4208   if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
4209     return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
4210 
4211   if (Kind <= BTT_Last)
4212     return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
4213                                    Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
4214 
4215   switch (Kind) {
4216   case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
4217   case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
4218   case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
4219     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
4220     //   is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
4221     //
4222     //     is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
4223     //     definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
4224     //     no operation that is not trivial.
4225     //
4226     //   The predicate condition for a template specialization
4227     //   is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
4228     //   following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
4229     //   variable t:
4230     //
4231     //     T t(create<Args>()...);
4232     assert(!Args.empty());
4233 
4234     // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
4235     // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
4236     // unknown bound.
4237     for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
4238       QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
4239       if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
4240         continue;
4241 
4242       if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
4243           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4244         return false;
4245     }
4246 
4247     // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
4248     QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
4249     if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
4250       return false;
4251 
4252     // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
4253     CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
4254     if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
4255       return false;
4256 
4257     SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs;
4258     SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
4259     ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
4260     for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4261       QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
4262       if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
4263         ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
4264       OpaqueArgExprs.push_back(
4265           OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(),
4266                           ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
4267                           Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
4268     }
4269     for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs)
4270       ArgExprs.push_back(&E);
4271 
4272     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4273     // trap at translation unit scope.
4274     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated);
4275     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4276     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4277     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0]));
4278     InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
4279                                                                  RParenLoc));
4280     InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4281     if (Init.Failed())
4282       return false;
4283 
4284     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
4285     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4286       return false;
4287 
4288     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
4289       return true;
4290 
4291     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
4292       return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4293 
4294     if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
4295       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4296       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
4297       if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4298           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType()))
4299         return false;
4300 
4301       // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
4302       // calls.
4303       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
4304     }
4305 
4306     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4307     return false;
4308   }
4309     default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
4310   }
4311 
4312   return false;
4313 }
4314 
4315 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4316                                 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4317                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4318   QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
4319 
4320   if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
4321                                *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
4322     return ExprError();
4323 
4324   bool Dependent = false;
4325   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4326     if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
4327       Dependent = true;
4328       break;
4329     }
4330   }
4331 
4332   bool Result = false;
4333   if (!Dependent)
4334     Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
4335 
4336   return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
4337                                RParenLoc, Result);
4338 }
4339 
4340 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4341                                 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4342                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
4343   SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
4344   ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
4345 
4346   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4347     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4348     QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
4349     if (!TInfo)
4350       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
4351 
4352     ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
4353   }
4354 
4355   return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
4356 }
4357 
4358 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
4359                                     QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4360   assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
4361          "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
4362 
4363   switch(BTT) {
4364   case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
4365     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2
4366     // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
4367     // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
4368     // regard to cv-qualifiers.
4369 
4370     const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4371     if (!lhsRecord) return false;
4372 
4373     const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
4374     if (!rhsRecord) return false;
4375 
4376     assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
4377              == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
4378 
4379     if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
4380       return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion();
4381 
4382     // C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
4383     //   If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
4384     //   (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
4385     //   complete type.
4386     if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4387                           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4388       return false;
4389 
4390     return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
4391       ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
4392   }
4393   case BTT_IsSame:
4394     return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
4395   case BTT_TypeCompatible:
4396     return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(),
4397                                            RhsT.getUnqualifiedType());
4398   case BTT_IsConvertible:
4399   case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
4400     // C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
4401     //   Given the following function prototype:
4402     //
4403     //     template <class T>
4404     //       typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
4405     //
4406     //   the predicate condition for a template specialization
4407     //   is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
4408     //   the return expression in the following code would be
4409     //   well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
4410     //   type of the function:
4411     //
4412     //     To test() {
4413     //       return create<From>();
4414     //     }
4415     //
4416     //   Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
4417     //   From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
4418     //   of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
4419     //   is considered.
4420     //
4421     // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
4422     // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
4423     // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
4424 
4425     // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
4426     if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
4427       return false;
4428 
4429     // A return statement in a void function must have void type.
4430     if (RhsT->isVoidType())
4431       return LhsT->isVoidType();
4432 
4433     // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
4434     if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
4435       return false;
4436 
4437     // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
4438     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4439       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4440 
4441     // Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
4442     InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
4443     OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4444                          Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4445     Expr *FromPtr = &From;
4446     InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
4447                                                            SourceLocation()));
4448 
4449     // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4450     // trap at translation unit scope.
4451     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4452     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4453     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4454     InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4455     if (Init.Failed())
4456       return false;
4457 
4458     ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
4459     return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
4460   }
4461 
4462   case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
4463   case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
4464     // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
4465     //   is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
4466     //     is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
4467     //     is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
4468     //
4469     //   is_assignable is defined as:
4470     //     The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
4471     //     treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
4472     //
4473     //   For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
4474     //   void, or arrays of unknown bound.
4475     if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4476         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
4477           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4478       return false;
4479     if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
4480         Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
4481           diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
4482       return false;
4483 
4484     // cv void is never assignable.
4485     if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
4486       return false;
4487 
4488     // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
4489     // declval<U>().
4490     if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
4491       LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
4492     if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
4493       RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
4494     OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4495                         Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
4496     OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
4497                         Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
4498 
4499     // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
4500     // trap at translation unit scope.
4501     EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated);
4502     Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
4503     Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
4504     ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
4505                                         &Rhs);
4506     if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
4507       return false;
4508 
4509     if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
4510       return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
4511 
4512     if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
4513       // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C
4514       // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
4515       if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
4516           hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType()))
4517         return false;
4518 
4519       return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
4520     }
4521 
4522     llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
4523     return false;
4524   }
4525     default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
4526   }
4527   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4528 }
4529 
4530 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4531                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4532                                      ParsedType Ty,
4533                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4534                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4535   TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
4536   QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
4537   if (!TSInfo)
4538     TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
4539 
4540   return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
4541 }
4542 
4543 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4544                                            QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
4545                                            SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
4546   assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
4547 
4548   switch(ATT) {
4549   case ATT_ArrayRank:
4550     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4551       unsigned Dim = 0;
4552       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4553         ++Dim;
4554         T = AT->getElementType();
4555       }
4556       return Dim;
4557     }
4558     return 0;
4559 
4560   case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
4561     llvm::APSInt Value;
4562     uint64_t Dim;
4563     if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value,
4564           diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer,
4565           false).isInvalid())
4566       return 0;
4567     if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
4568       Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
4569         << DimExpr->getSourceRange();
4570       return 0;
4571     }
4572     Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
4573 
4574     if (T->isArrayType()) {
4575       unsigned D = 0;
4576       bool Matched = false;
4577       while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
4578         if (Dim == D) {
4579           Matched = true;
4580           break;
4581         }
4582         ++D;
4583         T = AT->getElementType();
4584       }
4585 
4586       if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
4587         if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
4588           return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
4589       }
4590     }
4591     return 0;
4592   }
4593   }
4594   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
4595 }
4596 
4597 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4598                                      SourceLocation KWLoc,
4599                                      TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4600                                      Expr* DimExpr,
4601                                      SourceLocation RParen) {
4602   QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
4603 
4604   // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
4605   // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
4606   uint64_t Value = 0;
4607   if (!T->isDependentType())
4608     Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
4609 
4610   // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
4611   // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
4612   // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
4613   // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
4614   // important distinction.
4615   return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
4616                                           RParen, Context.getSizeType());
4617 }
4618 
4619 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4620                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4621                                       Expr *Queried,
4622                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4623   // If error parsing the expression, ignore.
4624   if (!Queried)
4625     return ExprError();
4626 
4627   ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
4628 
4629   return Result;
4630 }
4631 
4632 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
4633   switch (ET) {
4634   case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
4635   case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue();
4636   }
4637   llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
4638 }
4639 
4640 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
4641                                       SourceLocation KWLoc,
4642                                       Expr *Queried,
4643                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
4644   if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
4645     // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
4646   } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
4647     ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
4648     if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
4649     return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
4650   }
4651 
4652   bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
4653 
4654   return new (Context)
4655       ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
4656 }
4657 
4658 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4659                                             ExprValueKind &VK,
4660                                             SourceLocation Loc,
4661                                             bool isIndirect) {
4662   assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4663          !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
4664          "placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
4665 
4666   // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*.
4667   if (isIndirect) {
4668     LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
4669     if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4670   }
4671 
4672   // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
4673   RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
4674   if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
4675 
4676   const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
4677   // C++ 5.5p2
4678   //   The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
4679   //   be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
4680   //   class type) [...]
4681   QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
4682   const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
4683   if (!MemPtr) {
4684     Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
4685       << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4686     return QualType();
4687   }
4688 
4689   QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
4690 
4691   // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
4692   // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
4693   // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
4694   // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
4695   // likely to be considered a defect.
4696 
4697   // C++ 5.5p2
4698   //   [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
4699   //   which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
4700   //   such a class]
4701   QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
4702   if (isIndirect) {
4703     if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
4704       LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
4705     else {
4706       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
4707         << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
4708         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
4709       return QualType();
4710     }
4711   }
4712 
4713   if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
4714     // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
4715     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
4716                             OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
4717       return QualType();
4718     }
4719 
4720     if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
4721       Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
4722         << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
4723       return QualType();
4724     }
4725 
4726     CXXCastPath BasePath;
4727     if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc,
4728                                      SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(),
4729                                                  RHS.get()->getLocEnd()),
4730                                      &BasePath))
4731       return QualType();
4732 
4733     // Cast LHS to type of use.
4734     QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class;
4735     ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4736     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
4737                             &BasePath);
4738   }
4739 
4740   if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
4741     // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
4742     // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
4743     Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
4744      return QualType();
4745   }
4746 
4747   // C++ 5.5p2
4748   //   The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
4749   //   second operand.
4750   // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
4751   // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
4752   QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
4753   Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
4754 
4755   // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4756   //   In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
4757   //   ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
4758   //   ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
4759   //   expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
4760   //   is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
4761   if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
4762     switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
4763     case RQ_None:
4764       // Do nothing
4765       break;
4766 
4767     case RQ_LValue:
4768       if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue())
4769         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4770           << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4771       break;
4772 
4773     case RQ_RValue:
4774       if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
4775         Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
4776           << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4777       break;
4778     }
4779   }
4780 
4781   // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
4782   //   The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
4783   //   to a data member is of the same value category as its
4784   //   first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
4785   //   operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
4786   //   result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
4787   //   is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
4788   if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
4789     VK = VK_RValue;
4790     return Context.BoundMemberTy;
4791   } else if (isIndirect) {
4792     VK = VK_LValue;
4793   } else {
4794     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
4795   }
4796 
4797   return Result;
4798 }
4799 
4800 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
4801 ///
4802 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4803 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
4804 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
4805 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
4806 /// as such.
4807 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
4808                                 SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
4809                                 bool &HaveConversion,
4810                                 QualType &ToType) {
4811   HaveConversion = false;
4812   ToType = To->getType();
4813 
4814   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(),
4815                                                            SourceLocation());
4816   // C++11 5.16p3
4817   //   The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
4818   //   can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
4819   //   as follows:
4820   //   -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4821   //      implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
4822   //      constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
4823   //      an lvalue.
4824   //   -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4825   //      implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
4826   //      the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
4827   if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) {
4828     QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType)
4829                                 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType);
4830 
4831     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4832 
4833     InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4834     if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
4835       ToType = T;
4836       HaveConversion = true;
4837       return false;
4838     }
4839 
4840     if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4841       return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4842   }
4843 
4844   //   -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
4845   //      -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
4846   //         the same or one is a base class of the other:
4847   QualType FTy = From->getType();
4848   QualType TTy = To->getType();
4849   const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4850   const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
4851   bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
4852                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
4853   if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
4854                        Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
4855     //         E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
4856     //         same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
4857     //         [cv2 > cv1].
4858     if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
4859       if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
4860         InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4861         InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4862         if (InitSeq) {
4863           HaveConversion = true;
4864           return false;
4865         }
4866 
4867         if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4868           return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4869       }
4870     }
4871 
4872     return false;
4873   }
4874 
4875   //     -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
4876   //        implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
4877   //        if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
4878   //        an rvalue).
4879   //
4880   // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
4881   // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
4882   if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>())
4883     TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType();
4884 
4885   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
4886   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4887   HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
4888   ToType = TTy;
4889   if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
4890     return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
4891 
4892   return false;
4893 }
4894 
4895 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
4896 ///
4897 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
4898 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
4899 /// conversion to a common type.
4900 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
4901                                     SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4902   Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
4903   OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
4904                                     OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
4905   Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
4906                                     CandidateSet);
4907 
4908   OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
4909   switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
4910     case OR_Success: {
4911       // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
4912       ExprResult LHSRes =
4913         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
4914                                        Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting);
4915       if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
4916         break;
4917       LHS = LHSRes;
4918 
4919       ExprResult RHSRes =
4920         Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
4921                                        Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting);
4922       if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
4923         break;
4924       RHS = RHSRes;
4925       if (Best->Function)
4926         Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
4927       return false;
4928     }
4929 
4930     case OR_No_Viable_Function:
4931 
4932       // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
4933       // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
4934       // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
4935       if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
4936         return true;
4937 
4938       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
4939         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4940         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4941       return true;
4942 
4943     case OR_Ambiguous:
4944       Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
4945         << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
4946         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
4947       // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
4948       // the viable candidates.
4949       break;
4950 
4951     case OR_Deleted:
4952       llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
4953   }
4954   return true;
4955 }
4956 
4957 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
4958 /// TryClassUnification.
4959 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
4960   InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
4961   InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(),
4962                                                            SourceLocation());
4963   Expr *Arg = E.get();
4964   InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4965   ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
4966   if (Result.isInvalid())
4967     return true;
4968 
4969   E = Result;
4970   return false;
4971 }
4972 
4973 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
4974 ///
4975 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
4976 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
4977 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
4978                                            ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
4979                                            ExprObjectKind &OK,
4980                                            SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
4981   // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++
4982   // interface pointers.
4983 
4984   // C++11 [expr.cond]p1
4985   //   The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
4986   if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
4987     ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
4988     if (CondRes.isInvalid())
4989       return QualType();
4990     Cond = CondRes;
4991   }
4992 
4993   // Assume r-value.
4994   VK = VK_RValue;
4995   OK = OK_Ordinary;
4996 
4997   // Either of the arguments dependent?
4998   if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
4999     return Context.DependentTy;
5000 
5001   // C++11 [expr.cond]p2
5002   //   If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
5003   QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5004   QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5005   bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
5006   bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
5007   if (LVoid || RVoid) {
5008     //   ... one of the following shall hold:
5009     //   -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
5010     //      parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
5011     //      and value category of the other.
5012     bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5013     bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
5014     if (LThrow != RThrow) {
5015       Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
5016       VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
5017       // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
5018       // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
5019       OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
5020       return NonThrow->getType();
5021     }
5022 
5023     //   -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
5024     //      type void and is a prvalue.
5025     if (LVoid && RVoid)
5026       return Context.VoidTy;
5027 
5028     // Neither holds, error.
5029     Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
5030       << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
5031       << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5032     return QualType();
5033   }
5034 
5035   // Neither is void.
5036 
5037   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5038   //   Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
5039   //   either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
5040   //   those operands to the type of the other.
5041   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5042       (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5043     // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
5044     QualType L2RType, R2LType;
5045     bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
5046     if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
5047       return QualType();
5048     if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
5049       return QualType();
5050 
5051     //   If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
5052     if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
5053       Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
5054         << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5055       return QualType();
5056     }
5057 
5058     //   If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
5059     //   the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
5060     //   original operands for the remainder of this section.
5061     if (HaveL2R) {
5062       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
5063         return QualType();
5064       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5065     } else if (HaveR2L) {
5066       if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
5067         return QualType();
5068       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5069     }
5070   }
5071 
5072   // C++11 [expr.cond]p3
5073   //   if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
5074   //   for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
5075   //   operands to the type of the other.
5076   ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5077   ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
5078   if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
5079       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) &&
5080       LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) {
5081     // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the
5082     // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion
5083     // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers.
5084     Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5085     Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers());
5086     if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) {
5087       LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
5088       LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5089     }
5090     else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) {
5091       RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
5092       RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5093     }
5094   }
5095 
5096   // C++11 [expr.cond]p4
5097   //   If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
5098   //   category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
5099   //   value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
5100   //   operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
5101   // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
5102   // l-values.
5103   bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
5104   if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue &&
5105       LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
5106       RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
5107     VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
5108     if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
5109         RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
5110       OK = OK_BitField;
5111     return LTy;
5112   }
5113 
5114   // C++11 [expr.cond]p5
5115   //   Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
5116   //   do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
5117   if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
5118     //   ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
5119     //   to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
5120     //   program is ill-formed.
5121     if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
5122       return QualType();
5123   }
5124 
5125   // C++11 [expr.cond]p6
5126   //   Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
5127   //   conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
5128   LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
5129   RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
5130   if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5131     return QualType();
5132   LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
5133   RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
5134 
5135   //   After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
5136   //   -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
5137   //      is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
5138   //      is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
5139   //      copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
5140   //      operand depending on the value of the first operand.
5141   if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
5142     if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
5143       // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
5144       if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy,
5145                                  diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
5146         return QualType();
5147       InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
5148 
5149       ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5150                                                      SourceLocation(),
5151                                                      LHS);
5152       if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
5153         return QualType();
5154 
5155       ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
5156                                                      SourceLocation(),
5157                                                      RHS);
5158       if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
5159         return QualType();
5160 
5161       LHS = LHSCopy;
5162       RHS = RHSCopy;
5163     }
5164 
5165     return LTy;
5166   }
5167 
5168   // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
5169   if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
5170     return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
5171                                /*AllowBothBool*/true,
5172                                /*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
5173 
5174   //   -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
5175   //      the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
5176   //      common type, and the result is of that type.
5177   if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
5178     QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
5179     if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
5180       return QualType();
5181     if (ResTy.isNull()) {
5182       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5183            diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
5184         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5185       return QualType();
5186     }
5187 
5188     LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
5189     RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
5190 
5191     return ResTy;
5192   }
5193 
5194   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
5195   //      type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
5196   //      pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
5197   //      conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
5198   //      to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
5199   //      pointer type.
5200   //   -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
5201   //      pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
5202   //      pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
5203   //      performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
5204   //      shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
5205   //      operand. The result is of the common type.
5206   bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5207   QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
5208                                  isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr
5209                                                    : &NonStandardCompositeType);
5210   if (!Composite.isNull()) {
5211     if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5212       Diag(QuestionLoc,
5213            diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard)
5214         << LTy << RTy << Composite
5215         << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5216 
5217     return Composite;
5218   }
5219 
5220   // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
5221   Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
5222   if (!Composite.isNull())
5223     return Composite;
5224 
5225   // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
5226   if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
5227     return QualType();
5228 
5229   Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
5230     << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
5231     << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
5232   return QualType();
5233 }
5234 
5235 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
5236 ///
5237 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1
5238 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this
5239 /// type and returns it.
5240 /// It does not emit diagnostics.
5241 ///
5242 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
5243 /// be converted to the composite pointer type.
5244 ///
5245 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find
5246 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions
5247 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType
5248 /// will be set true.
5249 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
5250                                         Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
5251                                         bool *NonStandardCompositeType) {
5252   if (NonStandardCompositeType)
5253     *NonStandardCompositeType = false;
5254 
5255   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
5256   QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
5257 
5258   // C++11 5.9p2
5259   //   Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on
5260   //   pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If
5261   //   one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is
5262   //   std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or,
5263   //   if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand.
5264   if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() &&
5265       !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) {
5266     if (T1->isNullPtrType() &&
5267         E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5268       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5269       return T1;
5270     }
5271     if (T2->isNullPtrType() &&
5272         E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5273       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5274       return T2;
5275     }
5276     return QualType();
5277   }
5278 
5279   if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5280     if (T2->isMemberPointerType())
5281       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5282     else
5283       E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5284     return T2;
5285   }
5286   if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
5287     if (T1->isMemberPointerType())
5288       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get();
5289     else
5290       E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get();
5291     return T1;
5292   }
5293 
5294   // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
5295   if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) ||
5296       (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()))
5297     return QualType();
5298 
5299   //   Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then
5300   //   the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is
5301   //   "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2.
5302   //   Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the
5303   //   type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is
5304   //   the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types.
5305   // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second.
5306   // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the
5307   // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite
5308   // types are the same, we have succeeded.
5309   // FIXME: extended qualifiers?
5310   typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector;
5311   QualifierVector QualifierUnion;
5312   typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4>
5313       ContainingClassVector;
5314   ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass;
5315   QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1),
5316            Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2);
5317   unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
5318   do {
5319     const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
5320     if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
5321         (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
5322       Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
5323       Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
5324 
5325       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5326       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5327       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5328           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5329         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5330 
5331       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5332                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5333       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr));
5334       continue;
5335     }
5336 
5337     const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
5338     if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
5339         (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
5340       Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
5341       Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
5342 
5343       // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track
5344       // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers.
5345       if (NonStandardCompositeType &&
5346           Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers())
5347         NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size();
5348 
5349       QualifierUnion.push_back(
5350                  Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers());
5351       MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(),
5352                                              MemPtr2->getClass()));
5353       continue;
5354     }
5355 
5356     // FIXME: block pointer types?
5357 
5358     // Cannot unwrap any more types.
5359     break;
5360   } while (true);
5361 
5362   if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) {
5363     // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier
5364     // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the
5365     // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3.
5366     for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) {
5367       if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
5368         QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const;
5369         *NonStandardCompositeType = true;
5370       }
5371     }
5372   }
5373 
5374   // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs.
5375   ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC
5376     = MemberOfClass.rbegin();
5377   for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator
5378          I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(),
5379          E = QualifierUnion.rend();
5380        I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) {
5381     Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I);
5382     if (MOC->first && MOC->second) {
5383       // Rebuild member pointer type
5384       Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5385                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals),
5386                                     MOC->first);
5387       Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType(
5388                                     Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals),
5389                                     MOC->second);
5390     } else {
5391       // Rebuild pointer type
5392       Composite1
5393         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals));
5394       Composite2
5395         = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals));
5396     }
5397   }
5398 
5399   // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type.
5400   InitializedEntity Entity1
5401     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1);
5402   InitializationKind Kind
5403     = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
5404   InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5405   InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5406 
5407   if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) {
5408     // Conversion to Composite1 is viable.
5409     if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
5410       // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether
5411       // Composite2 is also viable.
5412       InitializedEntity Entity2
5413         = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5414       InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5415       InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5416       if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) {
5417         // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different;
5418         // this is an ambiguity.
5419         return QualType();
5420       }
5421     }
5422 
5423     // Convert E1 to Composite1
5424     ExprResult E1Result
5425       = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1);
5426     if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5427       return QualType();
5428     E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5429 
5430     // Convert E2 to Composite1
5431     ExprResult E2Result
5432       = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2);
5433     if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5434       return QualType();
5435     E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5436 
5437     return Composite1;
5438   }
5439 
5440   // Check whether Composite2 is viable.
5441   InitializedEntity Entity2
5442     = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2);
5443   InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5444   InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5445   if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2)
5446     return QualType();
5447 
5448   // Convert E1 to Composite2
5449   ExprResult E1Result
5450     = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1);
5451   if (E1Result.isInvalid())
5452     return QualType();
5453   E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>();
5454 
5455   // Convert E2 to Composite2
5456   ExprResult E2Result
5457     = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2);
5458   if (E2Result.isInvalid())
5459     return QualType();
5460   E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>();
5461 
5462   return Composite2;
5463 }
5464 
5465 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
5466   if (!E)
5467     return ExprError();
5468 
5469   assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
5470 
5471   // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
5472   if (!E->isRValue())
5473     return E;
5474 
5475   // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
5476   // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
5477   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
5478       E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
5479 
5480     bool ReturnsRetained;
5481 
5482     // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
5483     // called value.
5484     if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
5485       Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
5486       QualType T = Callee->getType();
5487 
5488       if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
5489         // Handle pointer-to-members.
5490         if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
5491           T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
5492         else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
5493           T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
5494       }
5495 
5496       if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
5497         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5498       else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
5499         T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5500       else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
5501         T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
5502 
5503       const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
5504       assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?");
5505       ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
5506 
5507     // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
5508     // type always produce a +1 object.
5509     } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
5510       ReturnsRetained = true;
5511 
5512     // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
5513     // we don't want any extra casts here.
5514     } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
5515                isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
5516       return E;
5517 
5518     // For message sends and property references, we try to find an
5519     // actual method.  FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
5520     // cases where we don't have an actual method.
5521     } else {
5522       ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
5523       if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
5524         D = Send->getMethodDecl();
5525       } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
5526         D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
5527       } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
5528         D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
5529       } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
5530                                         = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
5531         D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
5532       }
5533 
5534       ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
5535 
5536       // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
5537       // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
5538       // return an object.
5539       if (!ReturnsRetained &&
5540           D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
5541         return E;
5542     }
5543 
5544     // Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
5545     if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
5546       return E;
5547 
5548     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5549 
5550     CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
5551                                    : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
5552     return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
5553                                     VK_RValue);
5554   }
5555 
5556   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5557     return E;
5558 
5559   // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
5560   // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
5561   const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
5562   const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
5563   while (!RT) {
5564     switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
5565     case Type::Record:
5566       RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
5567       break;
5568     case Type::ConstantArray:
5569     case Type::IncompleteArray:
5570     case Type::VariableArray:
5571     case Type::DependentSizedArray:
5572       T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
5573       break;
5574     default:
5575       return E;
5576     }
5577   }
5578 
5579   // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
5580   // not processing a decltype expression.
5581   CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
5582   if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
5583     return E;
5584 
5585   bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype;
5586   CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
5587 
5588   if (Destructor) {
5589     MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5590     CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5591                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5592                             << E->getType());
5593     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
5594       return ExprError();
5595 
5596     // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
5597     if (Destructor->isTrivial())
5598       return E;
5599 
5600     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5601     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5602   }
5603 
5604   CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
5605   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
5606 
5607   if (IsDecltype)
5608     ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
5609 
5610   return Bind;
5611 }
5612 
5613 ExprResult
5614 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
5615   if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5616     return ExprError();
5617 
5618   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
5619 }
5620 
5621 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
5622   assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
5623 
5624   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5625 
5626   unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
5627   assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
5628   assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
5629   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5630     return SubExpr;
5631 
5632   auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
5633                                      ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
5634 
5635   Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups);
5636   DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
5637 
5638   return E;
5639 }
5640 
5641 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
5642   assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
5643 
5644   CleanupVarDeclMarking();
5645 
5646   if (!ExprNeedsCleanups)
5647     return SubStmt;
5648 
5649   // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
5650   // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
5651   // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
5652   // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
5653   CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt,
5654                                                       SourceLocation(),
5655                                                       SourceLocation());
5656   Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(),
5657                                    SourceLocation());
5658   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
5659 }
5660 
5661 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
5662 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
5663 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
5664 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
5665 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
5666   assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression");
5667 
5668   // C++11 [expr.call]p11:
5669   //   If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
5670   // -- if the function call is either
5671   //   -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
5672   //   -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
5673   //      decltype-specifier,
5674   //   a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
5675 
5676   // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
5677   // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
5678   if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
5679     ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
5680     if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
5681       return ExprError();
5682     if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
5683       return E;
5684     return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
5685   }
5686   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
5687     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
5688       ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
5689       if (RHS.isInvalid())
5690         return ExprError();
5691       if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
5692         return E;
5693       return new (Context) BinaryOperator(
5694           BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
5695           BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable());
5696     }
5697   }
5698 
5699   CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
5700   CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
5701                               : nullptr;
5702   if (TopCall)
5703     E = TopCall;
5704   else
5705     TopBind = nullptr;
5706 
5707   // Disable the special decltype handling now.
5708   ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false;
5709 
5710   // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
5711   // decltype expression.
5712   if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
5713     return E;
5714 
5715   // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
5716   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
5717        I != N; ++I) {
5718     CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
5719     if (Call == TopCall)
5720       continue;
5721 
5722     if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
5723                             Call->getLocStart(),
5724                             Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
5725       return ExprError();
5726   }
5727 
5728   // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
5729   // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
5730   for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
5731        I != N; ++I) {
5732     CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
5733       ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
5734     if (Bind == TopBind)
5735       continue;
5736 
5737     CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
5738 
5739     CXXRecordDecl *RD =
5740       Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
5741     CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
5742     Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
5743 
5744     MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
5745     CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
5746                           PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
5747                             << Bind->getType());
5748     if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
5749       return ExprError();
5750 
5751     // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
5752     ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
5753   }
5754 
5755   // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
5756   return E;
5757 }
5758 
5759 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
5760 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
5761                                ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
5762   unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
5763   // FIXME: Make this configurable?
5764   unsigned Limit = 9;
5765   if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
5766     // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
5767     SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
5768     SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
5769   }
5770 
5771   for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
5772     if (I == SkipStart) {
5773       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
5774              diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
5775           << SkipCount;
5776       I += SkipCount;
5777     } else {
5778       S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
5779           << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
5780       ++I;
5781     }
5782   }
5783 }
5784 
5785 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
5786                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
5787                                               tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5788                                               ParsedType &ObjectType,
5789                                               bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
5790   // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
5791   ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
5792   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5793   Base = Result.get();
5794 
5795   Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5796   if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
5797   Base = Result.get();
5798 
5799   QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
5800   MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
5801   if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
5802     // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
5803     // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
5804     // have enough information about that type to do something useful.
5805     if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
5806       if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
5807         BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5808 
5809     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5810     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5811     return Base;
5812   }
5813 
5814   // C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
5815   //   [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied  to the value
5816   //   returned, with the original second operand.
5817   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5818     QualType StartingType = BaseType;
5819     bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
5820     bool FirstIteration = true;
5821     FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
5822     // The set of types we've considered so far.
5823     llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
5824     SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
5825     CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
5826 
5827     while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5828       if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
5829         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
5830           << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
5831         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5832         Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
5833           << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
5834         return ExprError();
5835       }
5836 
5837       Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
5838           S, Base, OpLoc,
5839           // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
5840           // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
5841           // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
5842           // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
5843           (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
5844               ? nullptr
5845               : &NoArrowOperatorFound);
5846       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
5847         if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
5848           if (FirstIteration) {
5849             Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5850               << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
5851               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5852             OpKind = tok::period;
5853             break;
5854           }
5855           Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
5856             << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
5857           CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
5858           if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
5859             Diag(CD->getLocStart(),
5860                  diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
5861           }
5862         }
5863         return ExprError();
5864       }
5865       Base = Result.get();
5866       if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
5867         OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
5868       BaseType = Base->getType();
5869       CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
5870       if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
5871         Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
5872         noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
5873         return ExprError();
5874       }
5875       FirstIteration = false;
5876     }
5877 
5878     if (OpKind == tok::arrow &&
5879         (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()))
5880       BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5881   }
5882 
5883   // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
5884   // so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
5885   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
5886     BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
5887 
5888   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5889   //   [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
5890   //   type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
5891   //   postfix-expression.
5892   //
5893   // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
5894   // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
5895   // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
5896   // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
5897   // call.  We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
5898   // so just skip this check for ObjC types.
5899   if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) {
5900     ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5901     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5902     return Base;
5903   } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
5904     ObjectType = nullptr;
5905     MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
5906     return Base;
5907   }
5908 
5909   // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
5910   // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
5911   //   Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
5912   //   be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
5913   //   the member function body.
5914   if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
5915       !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
5916       RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
5917     return ExprError();
5918 
5919   // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
5920   //   If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
5921   //   unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
5922   //   type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
5923   //   up in the scope of class C. [...]
5924   ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
5925   return Base;
5926 }
5927 
5928 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
5929                    tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
5930   if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
5931     ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
5932     if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
5933     Base = result.get();
5934   }
5935   ObjectType = Base->getType();
5936 
5937   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5938   //   The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
5939   //   left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
5940   //   This scalar type is the object type.
5941   // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
5942   // arrow operator.
5943   if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
5944     if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
5945       ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
5946     } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
5947       // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it.
5948       S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
5949         << ObjectType << true
5950         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
5951       if (S.isSFINAEContext())
5952         return true;
5953 
5954       OpKind = tok::period;
5955     }
5956   }
5957 
5958   return false;
5959 }
5960 
5961 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
5962                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
5963                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
5964                                            const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5965                                            TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
5966                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
5967                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
5968                                          PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
5969   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
5970 
5971   QualType ObjectType;
5972   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
5973     return ExprError();
5974 
5975   if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
5976       !ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
5977     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
5978       Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
5979     else {
5980       Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
5981         << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
5982       return ExprError();
5983     }
5984   }
5985 
5986   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
5987   //   [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
5988   //   designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
5989   if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
5990     QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
5991     SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
5992       = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
5993     if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
5994       if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
5995         Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
5996           << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
5997           << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
5998 
5999         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6000         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6001         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6002                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6003         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6004       } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
6005                                                 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
6006 
6007         if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6008           // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
6009           // type.
6010         } else {
6011           Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
6012             << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
6013             << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6014         }
6015 
6016         // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
6017         DestructedType = ObjectType;
6018         DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
6019                                                            DestructedTypeStart);
6020         Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6021       }
6022     }
6023   }
6024 
6025   // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
6026   //   [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
6027   //   form
6028   //
6029   //     ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
6030   //
6031   //   shall designate the same scalar type.
6032   if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
6033     QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
6034     if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
6035         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
6036 
6037       Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
6038            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
6039         << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
6040         << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
6041 
6042       ScopeType = QualType();
6043       ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6044     }
6045   }
6046 
6047   Expr *Result
6048     = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
6049                                             OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
6050                                             SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
6051                                             ScopeTypeInfo,
6052                                             CCLoc,
6053                                             TildeLoc,
6054                                             Destructed);
6055 
6056   return Result;
6057 }
6058 
6059 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6060                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6061                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6062                                            CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6063                                            UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
6064                                            SourceLocation CCLoc,
6065                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6066                                            UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
6067   assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6068           FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6069          "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
6070   assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6071           SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) &&
6072          "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
6073 
6074   QualType ObjectType;
6075   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6076     return ExprError();
6077 
6078   // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
6079   // record types and dependent types matter.
6080   ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
6081   if (!SS.isSet()) {
6082     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
6083       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
6084     else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
6085       ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
6086   }
6087 
6088   // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
6089   // type (with source-location information).
6090   QualType DestructedType;
6091   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
6092   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
6093   if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6094     ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6095                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6096                                S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6097     if (!T &&
6098         ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
6099          (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
6100       // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
6101       // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
6102       // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
6103       // template instantiation time.
6104       Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
6105                                                SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6106     } else if (!T) {
6107       Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
6108            diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6109         << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6110       if (isSFINAEContext())
6111         return ExprError();
6112 
6113       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6114       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6115     } else
6116       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
6117   } else {
6118     // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6119     TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
6120     ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6121                                        TemplateId->NumArgs);
6122     TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6123                                        TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6124                                        TemplateId->Template,
6125                                        TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6126                                        TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6127                                        TemplateArgsPtr,
6128                                        TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6129     if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6130       // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
6131       DestructedType = ObjectType;
6132     } else
6133       DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
6134   }
6135 
6136   // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
6137   // information.
6138   if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
6139     if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
6140       DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
6141                                                   SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
6142     Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
6143   }
6144 
6145   // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
6146   TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
6147   QualType ScopeType;
6148   if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId ||
6149       FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
6150     if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
6151       ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
6152                                  FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6153                                  S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup);
6154       if (!T) {
6155         Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
6156              diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
6157           << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
6158 
6159         if (isSFINAEContext())
6160           return ExprError();
6161 
6162         // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
6163         ScopeType = QualType();
6164       } else
6165         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
6166     } else {
6167       // Resolve the template-id to a type.
6168       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
6169       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6170                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6171       TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS,
6172                                          TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
6173                                          TemplateId->Template,
6174                                          TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
6175                                          TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
6176                                          TemplateArgsPtr,
6177                                          TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6178       if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
6179         // Recover by dropping this type.
6180         ScopeType = QualType();
6181       } else
6182         ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
6183     }
6184   }
6185 
6186   if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
6187     ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
6188                                                   FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
6189 
6190 
6191   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
6192                                    ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
6193                                    Destructed);
6194 }
6195 
6196 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
6197                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
6198                                            tok::TokenKind OpKind,
6199                                            SourceLocation TildeLoc,
6200                                            const DeclSpec& DS) {
6201   QualType ObjectType;
6202   if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
6203     return ExprError();
6204 
6205   QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
6206                                  false);
6207 
6208   TypeLocBuilder TLB;
6209   DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
6210   DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
6211   TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
6212   PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
6213 
6214   return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
6215                                    nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
6216                                    Destructed);
6217 }
6218 
6219 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
6220                                         CXXConversionDecl *Method,
6221                                         bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
6222   if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
6223       Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
6224     // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument
6225     // is a LambdaExpr.
6226     Expr *SubE = E;
6227     CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
6228     if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
6229       SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
6230     SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
6231     if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
6232       SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
6233     if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
6234       // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
6235       // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
6236       // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
6237       // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
6238       // autoreleased.
6239       DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags);
6240       PushExpressionEvaluationContext(PotentiallyEvaluated);
6241       ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(),
6242                                                      E->getExprLoc(),
6243                                                      Method, E);
6244       PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
6245 
6246       if (Exp.isInvalid())
6247         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
6248       return Exp;
6249     }
6250   }
6251 
6252   ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
6253                                           FoundDecl, Method);
6254   if (Exp.isInvalid())
6255     return true;
6256 
6257   MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr(
6258       Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(),
6259       Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary);
6260   if (HadMultipleCandidates)
6261     ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true);
6262   MarkMemberReferenced(ME);
6263 
6264   QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
6265   ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
6266   ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
6267 
6268   CXXMemberCallExpr *CE =
6269     new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK,
6270                                     Exp.get()->getLocEnd());
6271   return CE;
6272 }
6273 
6274 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
6275                                       SourceLocation RParen) {
6276   // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
6277   // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
6278   // without arguments except in explicit contexts.
6279   ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
6280   if (R.isInvalid())
6281     return R;
6282 
6283   // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type.
6284   Operand = R.get();
6285 
6286   if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() &&
6287       Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
6288     // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
6289     // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
6290     Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
6291   }
6292 
6293   CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
6294   return new (Context)
6295       CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
6296 }
6297 
6298 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
6299                                    Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
6300   return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
6301 }
6302 
6303 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) {
6304   // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special,
6305   // according to [expr]p10:
6306   //   The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the
6307   //   expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has
6308   //   one of the following forms:
6309   E = E->IgnoreParens();
6310 
6311   //   - id-expression (5.1.1),
6312   if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6313     return true;
6314 
6315   //   - subscripting (5.2.1),
6316   if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E))
6317     return true;
6318 
6319   //   - class member access (5.2.5),
6320   if (isa<MemberExpr>(E))
6321     return true;
6322 
6323   //   - indirection (5.3.1),
6324   if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
6325     if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
6326       return true;
6327 
6328   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
6329     //   - pointer-to-member operation (5.5),
6330     if (BO->isPtrMemOp())
6331       return true;
6332 
6333     //   - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above.
6334     if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma)
6335       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS());
6336   }
6337 
6338   //   - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third
6339   //     operands are one of the above, or
6340   if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E))
6341     return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) &&
6342            IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
6343   // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x".
6344   if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
6345           dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
6346     if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr()))
6347       return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) &&
6348              IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
6349   }
6350 
6351   // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule.
6352   if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E))
6353     return true;
6354 
6355   return false;
6356 }
6357 
6358 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
6359 /// context that ignores the result.
6360 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
6361   if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
6362     ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
6363     if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
6364     E = result.get();
6365   }
6366 
6367   // C99 6.3.2.1:
6368   //   [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
6369   //   array type is converted to the value stored in the
6370   //   designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
6371   if (E->isRValue()) {
6372     // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
6373     // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
6374     // on them.  This is both technically correct and convenient for
6375     // some clients.
6376     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
6377       return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
6378 
6379     return E;
6380   }
6381 
6382   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)  {
6383     // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
6384     // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
6385     // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
6386     // conversion.
6387     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() &&
6388         E->getType().isVolatileQualified() &&
6389         IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) {
6390       ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
6391       if (Res.isInvalid())
6392         return E;
6393       E = Res.get();
6394     }
6395     return E;
6396   }
6397 
6398   // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
6399   if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
6400     if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
6401       // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
6402       E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
6403       return E;
6404     }
6405   }
6406 
6407   ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
6408   if (Res.isInvalid())
6409     return E;
6410   E = Res.get();
6411 
6412   if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
6413     RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
6414                         diag::err_incomplete_type);
6415   return E;
6416 }
6417 
6418 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
6419 // in a constant expression, return true.
6420 //  - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
6421 //    we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
6422 //  - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
6423 //    it can be used to initialize a constant expression.  If Init can not
6424 //    be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
6425 //    never be a constant expression.
6426 //  - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
6427 //    identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
6428 //      - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
6429 //        delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
6430 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
6431     ASTContext &Context) {
6432   if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
6433   const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
6434 
6435   // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
6436   if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
6437   assert(DefVD);
6438   if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
6439   EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
6440 
6441   Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
6442 
6443   if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
6444     // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
6445     // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
6446     // initializer is a potential constant expression.
6447     return false;
6448   }
6449 
6450   return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context);
6451 }
6452 
6453 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
6454 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
6455 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
6456 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so.  Also, check to see if any
6457 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
6458 /// need to be captured.
6459 
6460 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
6461     Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
6462 
6463   assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
6464   assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
6465   assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext &&
6466       "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
6467 
6468   const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
6469 
6470   ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef(
6471       S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size());
6472 
6473   // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
6474   // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
6475   // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
6476   const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures =
6477       CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures();
6478   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) {
6479     Expr *VarExpr = nullptr;
6480     VarDecl *Var = nullptr;
6481     CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr);
6482     // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
6483     // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
6484     // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
6485     // For e.g.:
6486     // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
6487     // int test() {
6488     //   const int x = 10;
6489     //   auto L = [=](auto a) {
6490     //     (void) +x + a;
6491     //   };
6492     // }
6493     if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
6494         !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
6495       continue;
6496 
6497     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
6498     // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6499     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6500             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6501                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) {
6502       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6503       MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S,
6504                          &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6505     }
6506     const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
6507         VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
6508     if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
6509       // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
6510       // can not be used in a constant expression - which means
6511       // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
6512       // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
6513       // This is purely for diagnosing errors early.  Otherwise, this
6514       // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
6515       QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
6516       SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
6517       if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6518                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6519                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
6520                           DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
6521         // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
6522         // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
6523         S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
6524                           /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
6525                           /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
6526                           DeclRefType, nullptr);
6527       }
6528     }
6529   }
6530 
6531   // Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
6532   if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
6533     // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
6534     // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
6535     if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
6536             getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
6537                 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
6538       const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
6539       S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
6540                             /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
6541                             &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
6542     }
6543   }
6544 
6545   // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
6546   CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
6547 }
6548 
6549 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
6550                                   const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
6551                                   TypoCorrection TC) {
6552   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
6553                  Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
6554   const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
6555   CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
6556 
6557   // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
6558   if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6559     NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
6560   else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
6561     NewSS = *SS;
6562 
6563   if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
6564     R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
6565     R.addDecl(ND);
6566     if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
6567       // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
6568       CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
6569       if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
6570         Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
6571       if (!Record)
6572         Record =
6573             dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
6574       if (Record)
6575         R.setNamingClass(Record);
6576 
6577       // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
6578       // member.
6579       bool MightBeImplicitMember;
6580       if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
6581         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6582       else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
6583         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6584       else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
6585         MightBeImplicitMember = false;
6586       else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
6587         MightBeImplicitMember = true;
6588       else
6589         MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
6590                                 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
6591                                 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
6592 
6593       if (MightBeImplicitMember)
6594         return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
6595             NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
6596             /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
6597     } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
6598       return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
6599                                         Ivar->getIdentifier());
6600     }
6601   }
6602 
6603   return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
6604                                           /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
6605 }
6606 
6607 namespace {
6608 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
6609   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
6610 
6611 public:
6612   explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
6613       : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
6614   bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
6615     TypoExprs.insert(TE);
6616     return true;
6617   }
6618 };
6619 
6620 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
6621   typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
6622 
6623   VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
6624                      // process of being initialized.
6625   llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
6626   llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
6627   llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
6628   llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
6629 
6630   /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
6631   /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
6632   /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
6633   /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
6634   void EmitAllDiagnostics() {
6635     for (auto E : TypoExprs) {
6636       TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E);
6637       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6638       if (State.DiagHandler) {
6639         TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
6640         ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE];
6641 
6642         // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
6643         // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
6644         // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
6645         // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
6646         // had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
6647         if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
6648                 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
6649           TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
6650 
6651         State.DiagHandler(TC);
6652       }
6653       SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
6654     }
6655   }
6656 
6657   /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a
6658   /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against
6659   /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing
6660   /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second
6661   /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted,
6662   /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a
6663   /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the
6664   /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations
6665   /// of corrections.
6666   bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
6667     for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
6668       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6669       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6670       if (!State.Consumer->finished())
6671         return true;
6672       State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6673     }
6674     return false;
6675   }
6676 
6677   NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
6678     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
6679       E = OverloadResolution[OE];
6680 
6681     if (!E)
6682       return nullptr;
6683     if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
6684       return DRE->getFoundDecl();
6685     if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
6686       return ME->getFoundDecl();
6687     // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
6688     // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
6689     // contain multiple decls.
6690     return nullptr;
6691   }
6692 
6693   ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
6694     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6695     ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
6696     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
6697       return ExprError();
6698 
6699     return ExprFilter(Res.get());
6700   }
6701 
6702 public:
6703   TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
6704       : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
6705 
6706   ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
6707                                    MultiExprArg Args,
6708                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc,
6709                                    Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
6710     auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
6711                                                  RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
6712     if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
6713       if (Result.isUsable()) {
6714         Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
6715         if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
6716           ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
6717         if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
6718           OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
6719       }
6720     }
6721     return Result;
6722   }
6723 
6724   ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6725 
6726   ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
6727 
6728   ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) {
6729     return Owned(E);
6730   }
6731 
6732   ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) {
6733     return Owned(E);
6734   }
6735 
6736   ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
6737     ExprResult Res;
6738     while (true) {
6739       Res = TryTransform(E);
6740 
6741       // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs
6742       // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates..
6743       if (!Res.isInvalid() ||
6744           !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
6745         break;
6746     }
6747 
6748     // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
6749     // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
6750     // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when
6751     // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction.
6752     // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when
6753     // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will
6754     // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction
6755     // candidates and add little to no value if corrected.
6756     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6757     while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
6758       auto TE  = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
6759       auto Cached = TransformCache[TE];
6760       auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
6761       State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
6762       TransformCache.erase(TE);
6763       if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) {
6764         State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
6765         TransformCache.erase(TE);
6766         Res = ExprError();
6767         break;
6768       }
6769       AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
6770       State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
6771       TransformCache[TE] = Cached;
6772     }
6773     SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false;
6774 
6775     // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found.
6776     if (!Res.isUsable())
6777       FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
6778 
6779     EmitAllDiagnostics();
6780 
6781     return Res;
6782   }
6783 
6784   ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
6785     // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
6786     // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
6787     // first one that was encountered.
6788     auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
6789     if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
6790       return CacheEntry;
6791     }
6792 
6793     auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
6794     assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
6795 
6796     // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
6797     // typo correction and return it.
6798     while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
6799       if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
6800         continue;
6801       ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
6802           State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
6803           attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
6804       if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
6805         // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
6806         // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
6807         // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
6808         TypoCorrection Next;
6809         if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
6810             Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
6811           AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
6812         } else {
6813           AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
6814         }
6815         assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
6816                "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
6817         return CacheEntry = NE;
6818       }
6819     }
6820     return CacheEntry = ExprError();
6821   }
6822 };
6823 }
6824 
6825 ExprResult
6826 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
6827                                 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
6828   // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
6829   // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
6830   // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
6831   if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
6832       (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
6833        E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
6834     auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos;
6835     assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr");
6836     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U;
6837     auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
6838     auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
6839     ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext;
6840     TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
6841     if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
6842       ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
6843       return Result;
6844     }
6845     assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
6846   }
6847   return E;
6848 }
6849 
6850 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
6851                                      bool DiscardedValue,
6852                                      bool IsConstexpr,
6853                                      bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) {
6854   ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
6855 
6856   if (!FullExpr.get())
6857     return ExprError();
6858 
6859   // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not
6860   // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr
6861   // containing full-expression is done).
6862   // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) {
6863   //   test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now.
6864   //     return a;
6865   //   }() ...);
6866   // }
6867   // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope
6868   // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not
6869   // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a
6870   // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a
6871   // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a
6872   // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the
6873   // parser/instantiation has got to).
6874   if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer &&
6875       DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
6876     return ExprError();
6877 
6878   // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
6879   if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
6880       FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
6881     FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
6882     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6883       return ExprError();
6884   }
6885 
6886   if (DiscardedValue) {
6887     FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
6888     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6889       return ExprError();
6890 
6891     FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
6892     if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6893       return ExprError();
6894   }
6895 
6896   FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get());
6897   if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
6898     return ExprError();
6899 
6900   CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
6901 
6902   // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
6903   // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
6904   // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
6905   // Consider the following code:
6906   // void f(int, int);
6907   // void f(const int&, double);
6908   // void foo() {
6909   //  const int x = 10, y = 20;
6910   //  auto L = [=](auto a) {
6911   //      auto M = [=](auto b) {
6912   //         f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
6913   //         f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
6914   //      };
6915   //   };
6916   // }
6917 
6918   // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
6919   // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
6920   //   void f() {
6921   //     const int n = 0;
6922   //     auto L =  [&](auto a) {
6923   //       +n + ({ 0; a; });
6924   //     };
6925   //   }
6926   //
6927   // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
6928   // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
6929   // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
6930   // for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
6931 
6932   LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda();
6933   // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
6934   // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
6935   // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
6936   // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
6937   // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
6938   // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
6939   // PR, a proper fix would entail :
6940   //   "Alternative suggestion:
6941   //   - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
6942   //     index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
6943   //     FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
6944   //     constructor/destructor.
6945   //  - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
6946   //    stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
6947   const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext);
6948   if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
6949       CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
6950     CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
6951                                                               *this);
6952   return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
6953 }
6954 
6955 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
6956   if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
6957 
6958   return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
6959 }
6960 
6961 Sema::IfExistsResult
6962 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
6963                                    CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6964                                    const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
6965   DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
6966   if (!TargetName)
6967     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6968 
6969   // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
6970   if (TargetName.isDependentName())
6971     return IER_Dependent;
6972 
6973   // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
6974   LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
6975                  Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
6976   LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
6977   R.suppressDiagnostics();
6978 
6979   switch (R.getResultKind()) {
6980   case LookupResult::Found:
6981   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
6982   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
6983   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
6984     return IER_Exists;
6985 
6986   case LookupResult::NotFound:
6987     return IER_DoesNotExist;
6988 
6989   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
6990     return IER_Dependent;
6991   }
6992 
6993   llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
6994 }
6995 
6996 Sema::IfExistsResult
6997 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
6998                                    bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6999                                    UnqualifiedId &Name) {
7000   DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
7001 
7002   // Check for unexpanded parameter packs.
7003   SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded;
7004   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded);
7005   collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded);
7006   if (!Unexpanded.empty()) {
7007     DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc,
7008                                      IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists
7009                                                : UPPC_IfNotExists,
7010                                      Unexpanded);
7011     return IER_Error;
7012   }
7013 
7014   return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
7015 }
7016